]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
1 | /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
2 | // Name: generic/grid.cpp | |
3 | // Purpose: wxGrid and related classes | |
4 | // Author: Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn) | |
5 | // Modified by: | |
6 | // Created: 1/08/1999 | |
7 | // RCS-ID: $Id$ | |
8 | // Copyright: (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au) | |
9 | // Licence: wxWindows licence | |
10 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
11 | ||
12 | // ============================================================================ | |
13 | // declarations | |
14 | // ============================================================================ | |
15 | ||
16 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
17 | // headers | |
18 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
19 | ||
20 | #ifdef __GNUG__ | |
21 | #pragma implementation "grid.h" | |
22 | #endif | |
23 | ||
24 | // For compilers that support precompilatixon, includes "wx/wx.h". | |
25 | #include "wx/wxprec.h" | |
26 | ||
27 | #include "wx/defs.h" | |
28 | ||
29 | #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
30 | #pragma hdrstop | |
31 | #endif | |
32 | ||
33 | #if !defined(wxUSE_NEW_GRID) || !(wxUSE_NEW_GRID) | |
34 | #include "gridg.cpp" | |
35 | #else | |
36 | ||
37 | #ifndef WX_PRECOMP | |
38 | #include "wx/utils.h" | |
39 | #include "wx/dcclient.h" | |
40 | #include "wx/settings.h" | |
41 | #include "wx/log.h" | |
42 | #include "wx/textctrl.h" | |
43 | #include "wx/checkbox.h" | |
44 | #include "wx/combobox.h" | |
45 | #include "wx/valtext.h" | |
46 | #endif | |
47 | ||
48 | #include "wx/textfile.h" | |
49 | #include "wx/spinctrl.h" | |
50 | #include "wx/tokenzr.h" | |
51 | ||
52 | #include "wx/grid.h" | |
53 | #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h" | |
54 | ||
55 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
56 | #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) | |
57 | #else | |
58 | #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) identifier | |
59 | #endif | |
60 | ||
61 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) | |
62 | #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) | |
63 | #else | |
64 | #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) identifier | |
65 | #endif | |
66 | ||
67 | // Required for wxIs... functions | |
68 | #include <ctype.h> | |
69 | ||
70 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
71 | // array classes | |
72 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
73 | ||
74 | WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs); | |
75 | ||
76 | struct wxGridCellWithAttr | |
77 | { | |
78 | wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_) | |
79 | : coords(row, col), attr(attr_) | |
80 | { | |
81 | } | |
82 | ||
83 | ~wxGridCellWithAttr() | |
84 | { | |
85 | attr->DecRef(); | |
86 | } | |
87 | ||
88 | wxGridCellCoords coords; | |
89 | wxGridCellAttr *attr; | |
90 | }; | |
91 | ||
92 | WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray); | |
93 | ||
94 | #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp" | |
95 | ||
96 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray) | |
97 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray) | |
98 | ||
99 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
100 | // events | |
101 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
102 | ||
103 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK) | |
104 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK) | |
105 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK) | |
106 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK) | |
107 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK) | |
108 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK) | |
109 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK) | |
110 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK) | |
111 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE) | |
112 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE) | |
113 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT) | |
114 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE) | |
115 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL) | |
116 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) | |
117 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN) | |
118 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED) | |
119 | ||
120 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
121 | // private classes | |
122 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
123 | ||
124 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxWindow | |
125 | { | |
126 | public: | |
127 | wxGridRowLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; } | |
128 | wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
129 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
130 | ||
131 | private: | |
132 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
133 | ||
134 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); | |
135 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
136 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
137 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ); | |
138 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
139 | ||
140 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow) | |
141 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
142 | }; | |
143 | ||
144 | ||
145 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxWindow | |
146 | { | |
147 | public: | |
148 | wxGridColLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; } | |
149 | wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
150 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
151 | ||
152 | private: | |
153 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
154 | ||
155 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event ); | |
156 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
157 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
158 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ); | |
159 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
160 | ||
161 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow) | |
162 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
163 | }; | |
164 | ||
165 | ||
166 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxWindow | |
167 | { | |
168 | public: | |
169 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; } | |
170 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
171 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
172 | ||
173 | private: | |
174 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
175 | ||
176 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
177 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
178 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ); | |
179 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
180 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); | |
181 | ||
182 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow) | |
183 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
184 | }; | |
185 | ||
186 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridWindow : public wxPanel | |
187 | { | |
188 | public: | |
189 | wxGridWindow() | |
190 | { | |
191 | m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; | |
192 | m_rowLabelWin = (wxGridRowLabelWindow *)NULL; | |
193 | m_colLabelWin = (wxGridColLabelWindow *)NULL; | |
194 | } | |
195 | ||
196 | wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
197 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin, | |
198 | wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin, | |
199 | wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
200 | ~wxGridWindow(); | |
201 | ||
202 | void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect ); | |
203 | ||
204 | private: | |
205 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
206 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *m_rowLabelWin; | |
207 | wxGridColLabelWindow *m_colLabelWin; | |
208 | ||
209 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event ); | |
210 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
211 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
212 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
213 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
214 | void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& ); | |
215 | ||
216 | ||
217 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow) | |
218 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
219 | }; | |
220 | ||
221 | ||
222 | ||
223 | class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler | |
224 | { | |
225 | public: | |
226 | wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler() | |
227 | : m_grid(0), m_editor(0) | |
228 | { } | |
229 | wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
230 | : m_grid(grid), m_editor(editor) | |
231 | { } | |
232 | ||
233 | void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event); | |
234 | void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); | |
235 | ||
236 | private: | |
237 | wxGrid* m_grid; | |
238 | wxGridCellEditor* m_editor; | |
239 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler) | |
240 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
241 | }; | |
242 | ||
243 | ||
244 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler ) | |
245 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler ) | |
246 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown ) | |
247 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar ) | |
248 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
249 | ||
250 | ||
251 | ||
252 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
253 | // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider | |
254 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
255 | ||
256 | // this class stores attributes set for cells | |
257 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridCellAttrData | |
258 | { | |
259 | public: | |
260 | void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col); | |
261 | wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const; | |
262 | void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ); | |
263 | void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ); | |
264 | ||
265 | private: | |
266 | // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found | |
267 | int FindIndex(int row, int col) const; | |
268 | ||
269 | wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs; | |
270 | }; | |
271 | ||
272 | // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns | |
273 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridRowOrColAttrData | |
274 | { | |
275 | public: | |
276 | // empty ctor to suppress warnings | |
277 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData() { } | |
278 | ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData(); | |
279 | ||
280 | void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol); | |
281 | wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const; | |
282 | void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols ); | |
283 | ||
284 | private: | |
285 | wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols; | |
286 | wxArrayAttrs m_attrs; | |
287 | }; | |
288 | ||
289 | // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell | |
290 | // attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones | |
291 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridCellAttrProviderData | |
292 | { | |
293 | public: | |
294 | wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs; | |
295 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs, | |
296 | m_colAttrs; | |
297 | }; | |
298 | ||
299 | ||
300 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
301 | // data structures used for the data type registry | |
302 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
303 | ||
304 | struct wxGridDataTypeInfo | |
305 | { | |
306 | wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName, | |
307 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
308 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
309 | : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor) | |
310 | { } | |
311 | ||
312 | ~wxGridDataTypeInfo() | |
313 | { | |
314 | wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer); | |
315 | wxSafeDecRef(m_editor); | |
316 | } | |
317 | ||
318 | wxString m_typeName; | |
319 | wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer; | |
320 | wxGridCellEditor* m_editor; | |
321 | }; | |
322 | ||
323 | ||
324 | WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray); | |
325 | ||
326 | ||
327 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridTypeRegistry | |
328 | { | |
329 | public: | |
330 | wxGridTypeRegistry() {} | |
331 | ~wxGridTypeRegistry(); | |
332 | ||
333 | void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
334 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
335 | wxGridCellEditor* editor); | |
336 | ||
337 | // find one of already registered data types | |
338 | int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
339 | ||
340 | // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of | |
341 | // standard typenames, register it and return its index | |
342 | int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
343 | ||
344 | // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already | |
345 | // registered data types with some params in which case clone the | |
346 | // registered data type and set params for it | |
347 | int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
348 | ||
349 | wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index); | |
350 | wxGridCellEditor* GetEditor(int index); | |
351 | ||
352 | private: | |
353 | wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo; | |
354 | }; | |
355 | ||
356 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
357 | // conditional compilation | |
358 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
359 | ||
360 | #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES | |
361 | #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1 | |
362 | #endif | |
363 | ||
364 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
365 | // globals | |
366 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
367 | ||
368 | //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
369 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
370 | static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0; | |
371 | static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0; | |
372 | #endif // DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
373 | ||
374 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
375 | // constants | |
376 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
377 | ||
378 | wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 ); | |
379 | wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); | |
380 | ||
381 | // scroll line size | |
382 | // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx | |
383 | // calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars | |
384 | // sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa | |
385 | // | |
386 | // The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is | |
387 | // surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!! | |
388 | // -- Robin | |
389 | static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE = 15; // 1; | |
390 | ||
391 | ||
392 | // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements | |
393 | // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns) | |
394 | static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100; | |
395 | ||
396 | // ============================================================================ | |
397 | // implementation | |
398 | // ============================================================================ | |
399 | ||
400 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
401 | // wxGridCellEditor | |
402 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
403 | ||
404 | wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor() | |
405 | { | |
406 | m_control = NULL; | |
407 | } | |
408 | ||
409 | ||
410 | wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor() | |
411 | { | |
412 | Destroy(); | |
413 | } | |
414 | ||
415 | void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent), | |
416 | wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id), | |
417 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
418 | { | |
419 | if ( evtHandler ) | |
420 | m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler); | |
421 | } | |
422 | ||
423 | void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, | |
424 | wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
425 | { | |
426 | // erase the background because we might not fill the cell | |
427 | wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent()); | |
428 | dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); | |
429 | dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID)); | |
430 | dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell); | |
431 | ||
432 | // redraw the control we just painted over | |
433 | m_control->Refresh(); | |
434 | } | |
435 | ||
436 | void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy() | |
437 | { | |
438 | if (m_control) | |
439 | { | |
440 | m_control->PopEventHandler(TRUE /* delete it*/); | |
441 | ||
442 | m_control->Destroy(); | |
443 | m_control = NULL; | |
444 | } | |
445 | } | |
446 | ||
447 | void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
448 | { | |
449 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
450 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
451 | m_control->Show(show); | |
452 | ||
453 | if ( show ) | |
454 | { | |
455 | // set the colours/fonts if we have any | |
456 | if ( attr ) | |
457 | { | |
458 | m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour(); | |
459 | m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour()); | |
460 | ||
461 | m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
462 | m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour()); | |
463 | ||
464 | m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont(); | |
465 | m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont()); | |
466 | ||
467 | // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other | |
468 | // attributes may only be used by the derived classes | |
469 | } | |
470 | } | |
471 | else | |
472 | { | |
473 | // restore the standard colours fonts | |
474 | if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() ) | |
475 | { | |
476 | m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld); | |
477 | m_colFgOld = wxNullColour; | |
478 | } | |
479 | ||
480 | if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() ) | |
481 | { | |
482 | m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld); | |
483 | m_colBgOld = wxNullColour; | |
484 | } | |
485 | ||
486 | if ( m_fontOld.Ok() ) | |
487 | { | |
488 | m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld); | |
489 | m_fontOld = wxNullFont; | |
490 | } | |
491 | } | |
492 | } | |
493 | ||
494 | void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect) | |
495 | { | |
496 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
497 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
498 | m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE); | |
499 | } | |
500 | ||
501 | void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
502 | { | |
503 | event.Skip(); | |
504 | } | |
505 | ||
506 | bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
507 | { | |
508 | // accept the simple key presses, not anything with Ctrl/Alt/Meta | |
509 | return !(event.ControlDown() || event.AltDown()); | |
510 | } | |
511 | ||
512 | void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
513 | { | |
514 | event.Skip(); | |
515 | } | |
516 | ||
517 | void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick() | |
518 | { | |
519 | } | |
520 | ||
521 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
522 | ||
523 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
524 | // wxGridCellTextEditor | |
525 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
526 | ||
527 | wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor() | |
528 | { | |
529 | m_maxChars = 0; | |
530 | } | |
531 | ||
532 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
533 | wxWindowID id, | |
534 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
535 | { | |
536 | m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
537 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize | |
538 | #if defined(__WXMSW__) | |
539 | , wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxTE_MULTILINE | | |
540 | wxTE_NO_VSCROLL | wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL | |
541 | #endif | |
542 | ); | |
543 | ||
544 | // TODO: use m_maxChars | |
545 | ||
546 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
547 | } | |
548 | ||
549 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell), | |
550 | wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr)) | |
551 | { | |
552 | // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize | |
553 | // flicker | |
554 | } | |
555 | ||
556 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig) | |
557 | { | |
558 | wxRect rect(rectOrig); | |
559 | ||
560 | // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal | |
561 | // margins | |
562 | // | |
563 | // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for | |
564 | // unix | |
565 | // | |
566 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) | |
567 | if (rect.x != 0) | |
568 | { | |
569 | rect.x += 1; | |
570 | rect.y += 1; | |
571 | rect.width -= 1; | |
572 | rect.height -= 1; | |
573 | } | |
574 | #else // !GTK | |
575 | int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 )? 2 : 1; | |
576 | ||
577 | // MB: treat MSW separately here otherwise the caret doesn't show | |
578 | // when the editor is in the first row. | |
579 | #if defined(__WXMSW__) | |
580 | int extra_y = 2; | |
581 | #else | |
582 | int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 )? 2 : 1; | |
583 | #endif // MSW | |
584 | ||
585 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
586 | extra_x *= 2; | |
587 | extra_y *= 2; | |
588 | #endif | |
589 | rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) ); | |
590 | rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) ); | |
591 | rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2*extra_x ); | |
592 | rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2*extra_y ); | |
593 | #endif // GTK/!GTK | |
594 | ||
595 | wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect); | |
596 | } | |
597 | ||
598 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
599 | { | |
600 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
601 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
602 | ||
603 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col); | |
604 | ||
605 | DoBeginEdit(m_startValue); | |
606 | } | |
607 | ||
608 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue) | |
609 | { | |
610 | Text()->SetValue(startValue); | |
611 | Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
612 | Text()->SetFocus(); | |
613 | } | |
614 | ||
615 | bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
616 | wxGrid* grid) | |
617 | { | |
618 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
619 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
620 | ||
621 | bool changed = FALSE; | |
622 | wxString value = Text()->GetValue(); | |
623 | if (value != m_startValue) | |
624 | changed = TRUE; | |
625 | ||
626 | if (changed) | |
627 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value); | |
628 | ||
629 | m_startValue = wxEmptyString; | |
630 | Text()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
631 | ||
632 | return changed; | |
633 | } | |
634 | ||
635 | ||
636 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset() | |
637 | { | |
638 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
639 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
640 | ||
641 | DoReset(m_startValue); | |
642 | } | |
643 | ||
644 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue) | |
645 | { | |
646 | Text()->SetValue(startValue); | |
647 | Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
648 | } | |
649 | ||
650 | bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
651 | { | |
652 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
653 | { | |
654 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
655 | switch ( keycode ) | |
656 | { | |
657 | case WXK_NUMPAD0: | |
658 | case WXK_NUMPAD1: | |
659 | case WXK_NUMPAD2: | |
660 | case WXK_NUMPAD3: | |
661 | case WXK_NUMPAD4: | |
662 | case WXK_NUMPAD5: | |
663 | case WXK_NUMPAD6: | |
664 | case WXK_NUMPAD7: | |
665 | case WXK_NUMPAD8: | |
666 | case WXK_NUMPAD9: | |
667 | case WXK_MULTIPLY: | |
668 | case WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY: | |
669 | case WXK_ADD: | |
670 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD: | |
671 | case WXK_SUBTRACT: | |
672 | case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT: | |
673 | case WXK_DECIMAL: | |
674 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL: | |
675 | case WXK_DIVIDE: | |
676 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE: | |
677 | return TRUE; | |
678 | ||
679 | default: | |
680 | // accept 8 bit chars too if isprint() agrees | |
681 | if ( (keycode < 255) && (isprint(keycode)) ) | |
682 | return TRUE; | |
683 | } | |
684 | } | |
685 | ||
686 | return FALSE; | |
687 | } | |
688 | ||
689 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
690 | { | |
691 | // we don't check for !HasModifiers() because IsAcceptedKey() did it | |
692 | ||
693 | // insert the key in the control | |
694 | wxChar ch; | |
695 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
696 | switch ( keycode ) | |
697 | { | |
698 | case WXK_NUMPAD0: | |
699 | case WXK_NUMPAD1: | |
700 | case WXK_NUMPAD2: | |
701 | case WXK_NUMPAD3: | |
702 | case WXK_NUMPAD4: | |
703 | case WXK_NUMPAD5: | |
704 | case WXK_NUMPAD6: | |
705 | case WXK_NUMPAD7: | |
706 | case WXK_NUMPAD8: | |
707 | case WXK_NUMPAD9: | |
708 | ch = _T('0') + keycode - WXK_NUMPAD0; | |
709 | break; | |
710 | ||
711 | case WXK_MULTIPLY: | |
712 | case WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY: | |
713 | ch = _T('*'); | |
714 | break; | |
715 | ||
716 | case WXK_ADD: | |
717 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD: | |
718 | ch = _T('+'); | |
719 | break; | |
720 | ||
721 | case WXK_SUBTRACT: | |
722 | case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT: | |
723 | ch = _T('-'); | |
724 | break; | |
725 | ||
726 | case WXK_DECIMAL: | |
727 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL: | |
728 | ch = _T('.'); | |
729 | break; | |
730 | ||
731 | case WXK_DIVIDE: | |
732 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE: | |
733 | ch = _T('/'); | |
734 | break; | |
735 | ||
736 | default: | |
737 | if ( keycode < 256 && keycode >= 0 && isprint(keycode) ) | |
738 | { | |
739 | // FIXME this is not going to work for non letters... | |
740 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() ) | |
741 | { | |
742 | keycode = tolower(keycode); | |
743 | } | |
744 | ||
745 | ch = (wxChar)keycode; | |
746 | } | |
747 | else | |
748 | { | |
749 | ch = _T('\0'); | |
750 | } | |
751 | } | |
752 | ||
753 | if ( ch ) | |
754 | { | |
755 | Text()->AppendText(ch); | |
756 | } | |
757 | else | |
758 | { | |
759 | event.Skip(); | |
760 | } | |
761 | } | |
762 | ||
763 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent& | |
764 | WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) ) | |
765 | { | |
766 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) | |
767 | // wxMotif needs a little extra help... | |
768 | size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() ); | |
769 | wxString s( Text()->GetValue() ); | |
770 | s = s.Left(pos) + "\n" + s.Mid(pos); | |
771 | Text()->SetValue(s); | |
772 | Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos ); | |
773 | #else | |
774 | // the other ports can handle a Return key press | |
775 | // | |
776 | event.Skip(); | |
777 | #endif | |
778 | } | |
779 | ||
780 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
781 | { | |
782 | if ( !params ) | |
783 | { | |
784 | // reset to default | |
785 | m_maxChars = 0; | |
786 | } | |
787 | else | |
788 | { | |
789 | long tmp; | |
790 | if ( !params.ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
791 | { | |
792 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
793 | } | |
794 | else | |
795 | { | |
796 | m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp; | |
797 | } | |
798 | } | |
799 | } | |
800 | ||
801 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
802 | // wxGridCellNumberEditor | |
803 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
804 | ||
805 | wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max) | |
806 | { | |
807 | m_min = min; | |
808 | m_max = max; | |
809 | } | |
810 | ||
811 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
812 | wxWindowID id, | |
813 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
814 | { | |
815 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
816 | { | |
817 | // create a spin ctrl | |
818 | m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, -1, wxEmptyString, | |
819 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
820 | wxSP_ARROW_KEYS, | |
821 | m_min, m_max); | |
822 | ||
823 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
824 | } | |
825 | else | |
826 | { | |
827 | // just a text control | |
828 | wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
829 | ||
830 | #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS | |
831 | Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC)); | |
832 | #endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS | |
833 | } | |
834 | } | |
835 | ||
836 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
837 | { | |
838 | // first get the value | |
839 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable(); | |
840 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) | |
841 | { | |
842 | m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col); | |
843 | } | |
844 | else | |
845 | { | |
846 | wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
847 | if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld)) | |
848 | { | |
849 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") ); | |
850 | return; | |
851 | } | |
852 | } | |
853 | ||
854 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
855 | { | |
856 | Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld); | |
857 | Spin()->SetFocus(); | |
858 | } | |
859 | else | |
860 | { | |
861 | DoBeginEdit(GetString()); | |
862 | } | |
863 | } | |
864 | ||
865 | bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
866 | wxGrid* grid) | |
867 | { | |
868 | bool changed; | |
869 | long value; | |
870 | ||
871 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
872 | { | |
873 | value = Spin()->GetValue(); | |
874 | changed = value != m_valueOld; | |
875 | } | |
876 | else | |
877 | { | |
878 | changed = Text()->GetValue().ToLong(&value) && (value != m_valueOld); | |
879 | } | |
880 | ||
881 | if ( changed ) | |
882 | { | |
883 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER)) | |
884 | grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value); | |
885 | else | |
886 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value)); | |
887 | } | |
888 | ||
889 | return changed; | |
890 | } | |
891 | ||
892 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset() | |
893 | { | |
894 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
895 | { | |
896 | Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld); | |
897 | } | |
898 | else | |
899 | { | |
900 | DoReset(GetString()); | |
901 | } | |
902 | } | |
903 | ||
904 | bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
905 | { | |
906 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
907 | { | |
908 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
909 | switch ( keycode ) | |
910 | { | |
911 | case WXK_NUMPAD0: | |
912 | case WXK_NUMPAD1: | |
913 | case WXK_NUMPAD2: | |
914 | case WXK_NUMPAD3: | |
915 | case WXK_NUMPAD4: | |
916 | case WXK_NUMPAD5: | |
917 | case WXK_NUMPAD6: | |
918 | case WXK_NUMPAD7: | |
919 | case WXK_NUMPAD8: | |
920 | case WXK_NUMPAD9: | |
921 | case WXK_ADD: | |
922 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD: | |
923 | case WXK_SUBTRACT: | |
924 | case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT: | |
925 | case WXK_UP: | |
926 | case WXK_DOWN: | |
927 | return TRUE; | |
928 | ||
929 | default: | |
930 | if ( (keycode < 128) && isdigit(keycode) ) | |
931 | return TRUE; | |
932 | } | |
933 | } | |
934 | ||
935 | return FALSE; | |
936 | } | |
937 | ||
938 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
939 | { | |
940 | if ( !HasRange() ) | |
941 | { | |
942 | int keycode = (int) event.KeyCode(); | |
943 | if ( isdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-' ) | |
944 | { | |
945 | wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event); | |
946 | ||
947 | // skip Skip() below | |
948 | return; | |
949 | } | |
950 | } | |
951 | ||
952 | event.Skip(); | |
953 | } | |
954 | ||
955 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
956 | { | |
957 | if ( !params ) | |
958 | { | |
959 | // reset to default | |
960 | m_min = | |
961 | m_max = -1; | |
962 | } | |
963 | else | |
964 | { | |
965 | long tmp; | |
966 | if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
967 | { | |
968 | m_min = (int)tmp; | |
969 | ||
970 | if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
971 | { | |
972 | m_max = (int)tmp; | |
973 | ||
974 | // skip the error message below | |
975 | return; | |
976 | } | |
977 | } | |
978 | ||
979 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
980 | } | |
981 | } | |
982 | ||
983 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
984 | // wxGridCellFloatEditor | |
985 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
986 | ||
987 | wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision) | |
988 | { | |
989 | m_width = width; | |
990 | m_precision = precision; | |
991 | } | |
992 | ||
993 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
994 | wxWindowID id, | |
995 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
996 | { | |
997 | wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
998 | ||
999 | #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS | |
1000 | Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC)); | |
1001 | #endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS | |
1002 | } | |
1003 | ||
1004 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1005 | { | |
1006 | // first get the value | |
1007 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable(); | |
1008 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) ) | |
1009 | { | |
1010 | m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col); | |
1011 | } | |
1012 | else | |
1013 | { | |
1014 | wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
1015 | if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld)) | |
1016 | { | |
1017 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") ); | |
1018 | return; | |
1019 | } | |
1020 | } | |
1021 | ||
1022 | DoBeginEdit(GetString()); | |
1023 | } | |
1024 | ||
1025 | bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
1026 | wxGrid* grid) | |
1027 | { | |
1028 | double value; | |
1029 | if ( Text()->GetValue().ToDouble(&value) && (value != m_valueOld) ) | |
1030 | { | |
1031 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT)) | |
1032 | grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value); | |
1033 | else | |
1034 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, wxString::Format(wxT("%f"), value)); | |
1035 | ||
1036 | return TRUE; | |
1037 | } | |
1038 | else | |
1039 | { | |
1040 | return FALSE; | |
1041 | } | |
1042 | } | |
1043 | ||
1044 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset() | |
1045 | { | |
1046 | DoReset(GetString()); | |
1047 | } | |
1048 | ||
1049 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1050 | { | |
1051 | int keycode = (int)event.KeyCode(); | |
1052 | if ( isdigit(keycode) || | |
1053 | keycode == '+' || keycode == '-' || keycode == '.' ) | |
1054 | { | |
1055 | wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event); | |
1056 | ||
1057 | // skip Skip() below | |
1058 | return; | |
1059 | } | |
1060 | ||
1061 | event.Skip(); | |
1062 | } | |
1063 | ||
1064 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
1065 | { | |
1066 | if ( !params ) | |
1067 | { | |
1068 | // reset to default | |
1069 | m_width = | |
1070 | m_precision = -1; | |
1071 | } | |
1072 | else | |
1073 | { | |
1074 | long tmp; | |
1075 | if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
1076 | { | |
1077 | m_width = (int)tmp; | |
1078 | ||
1079 | if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
1080 | { | |
1081 | m_precision = (int)tmp; | |
1082 | ||
1083 | // skip the error message below | |
1084 | return; | |
1085 | } | |
1086 | } | |
1087 | ||
1088 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
1089 | } | |
1090 | } | |
1091 | ||
1092 | wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const | |
1093 | { | |
1094 | wxString fmt; | |
1095 | if ( m_width == -1 ) | |
1096 | { | |
1097 | // default width/precision | |
1098 | fmt = _T("%g"); | |
1099 | } | |
1100 | else if ( m_precision == -1 ) | |
1101 | { | |
1102 | // default precision | |
1103 | fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.g"), m_width); | |
1104 | } | |
1105 | else | |
1106 | { | |
1107 | fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%dg"), m_width, m_precision); | |
1108 | } | |
1109 | ||
1110 | return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld); | |
1111 | } | |
1112 | ||
1113 | bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1114 | { | |
1115 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
1116 | { | |
1117 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1118 | switch ( keycode ) | |
1119 | { | |
1120 | case WXK_NUMPAD0: | |
1121 | case WXK_NUMPAD1: | |
1122 | case WXK_NUMPAD2: | |
1123 | case WXK_NUMPAD3: | |
1124 | case WXK_NUMPAD4: | |
1125 | case WXK_NUMPAD5: | |
1126 | case WXK_NUMPAD6: | |
1127 | case WXK_NUMPAD7: | |
1128 | case WXK_NUMPAD8: | |
1129 | case WXK_NUMPAD9: | |
1130 | case WXK_ADD: | |
1131 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD: | |
1132 | case WXK_SUBTRACT: | |
1133 | case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT: | |
1134 | case WXK_DECIMAL: | |
1135 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL: | |
1136 | return TRUE; | |
1137 | ||
1138 | default: | |
1139 | // additionally accept 'e' as in '1e+6' | |
1140 | if ( (keycode < 128) && | |
1141 | (isdigit(keycode) || tolower(keycode) == 'e') ) | |
1142 | return TRUE; | |
1143 | } | |
1144 | } | |
1145 | ||
1146 | return FALSE; | |
1147 | } | |
1148 | ||
1149 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
1150 | ||
1151 | #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
1152 | ||
1153 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1154 | // wxGridCellBoolEditor | |
1155 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1156 | ||
1157 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
1158 | wxWindowID id, | |
1159 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
1160 | { | |
1161 | m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
1162 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
1163 | wxNO_BORDER); | |
1164 | ||
1165 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1166 | } | |
1167 | ||
1168 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r) | |
1169 | { | |
1170 | bool resize = FALSE; | |
1171 | wxSize size = m_control->GetSize(); | |
1172 | wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height); | |
1173 | ||
1174 | // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell | |
1175 | wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize(); | |
1176 | if ( !(size == sizeBest) ) | |
1177 | { | |
1178 | // reset to default size if it had been made smaller | |
1179 | size = sizeBest; | |
1180 | ||
1181 | resize = TRUE; | |
1182 | } | |
1183 | ||
1184 | if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize ) | |
1185 | { | |
1186 | // leave 1 pixel margin | |
1187 | size.x = size.y = minSize - 2; | |
1188 | ||
1189 | resize = TRUE; | |
1190 | } | |
1191 | ||
1192 | if ( resize ) | |
1193 | { | |
1194 | m_control->SetSize(size); | |
1195 | } | |
1196 | ||
1197 | // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?) | |
1198 | ||
1199 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__) | |
1200 | // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK, | |
1201 | // so shift it to the right | |
1202 | size.x -= 8; | |
1203 | #elif defined(__WXMSW__) | |
1204 | // here too, but in other way | |
1205 | size.x += 1; | |
1206 | size.y -= 2; | |
1207 | #endif | |
1208 | ||
1209 | m_control->Move(r.x + r.width/2 - size.x/2, r.y + r.height/2 - size.y/2); | |
1210 | } | |
1211 | ||
1212 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
1213 | { | |
1214 | m_control->Show(show); | |
1215 | ||
1216 | if ( show ) | |
1217 | { | |
1218 | wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY; | |
1219 | CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg); | |
1220 | } | |
1221 | } | |
1222 | ||
1223 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1224 | { | |
1225 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1226 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
1227 | ||
1228 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL)) | |
1229 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col); | |
1230 | else | |
1231 | { | |
1232 | wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) ); | |
1233 | m_startValue = !( !cellval || (cellval == "0") ); | |
1234 | } | |
1235 | CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1236 | CBox()->SetFocus(); | |
1237 | } | |
1238 | ||
1239 | bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
1240 | wxGrid* grid) | |
1241 | { | |
1242 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1243 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
1244 | ||
1245 | bool changed = FALSE; | |
1246 | bool value = CBox()->GetValue(); | |
1247 | if ( value != m_startValue ) | |
1248 | changed = TRUE; | |
1249 | ||
1250 | if ( changed ) | |
1251 | { | |
1252 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL)) | |
1253 | grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value); | |
1254 | else | |
1255 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString); | |
1256 | } | |
1257 | ||
1258 | return changed; | |
1259 | } | |
1260 | ||
1261 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset() | |
1262 | { | |
1263 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1264 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
1265 | ||
1266 | CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1267 | } | |
1268 | ||
1269 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick() | |
1270 | { | |
1271 | CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue()); | |
1272 | } | |
1273 | ||
1274 | bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1275 | { | |
1276 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
1277 | { | |
1278 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1279 | switch ( keycode ) | |
1280 | { | |
1281 | case WXK_MULTIPLY: | |
1282 | case WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY: | |
1283 | case WXK_ADD: | |
1284 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD: | |
1285 | case WXK_SUBTRACT: | |
1286 | case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT: | |
1287 | case WXK_SPACE: | |
1288 | case '+': | |
1289 | case '-': | |
1290 | return TRUE; | |
1291 | } | |
1292 | } | |
1293 | ||
1294 | return FALSE; | |
1295 | } | |
1296 | ||
1297 | #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
1298 | ||
1299 | #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
1300 | ||
1301 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1302 | // wxGridCellChoiceEditor | |
1303 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1304 | ||
1305 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count, | |
1306 | const wxString choices[], | |
1307 | bool allowOthers) | |
1308 | : m_allowOthers(allowOthers) | |
1309 | { | |
1310 | if ( count ) | |
1311 | { | |
1312 | m_choices.Alloc(count); | |
1313 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
1314 | { | |
1315 | m_choices.Add(choices[n]); | |
1316 | } | |
1317 | } | |
1318 | } | |
1319 | ||
1320 | wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const | |
1321 | { | |
1322 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor; | |
1323 | editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers; | |
1324 | editor->m_choices = m_choices; | |
1325 | ||
1326 | return editor; | |
1327 | } | |
1328 | ||
1329 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
1330 | wxWindowID id, | |
1331 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
1332 | { | |
1333 | size_t count = m_choices.GetCount(); | |
1334 | wxString *choices = new wxString[count]; | |
1335 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
1336 | { | |
1337 | choices[n] = m_choices[n]; | |
1338 | } | |
1339 | ||
1340 | m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
1341 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
1342 | count, choices, | |
1343 | m_allowOthers ? 0 : wxCB_READONLY); | |
1344 | ||
1345 | delete [] choices; | |
1346 | ||
1347 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1348 | } | |
1349 | ||
1350 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1351 | wxGridCellAttr * attr) | |
1352 | { | |
1353 | // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize | |
1354 | // flicker | |
1355 | ||
1356 | // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a | |
1357 | // combo always defaults to the standard... Until someone has time to | |
1358 | // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way... | |
1359 | wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr); | |
1360 | } | |
1361 | ||
1362 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1363 | { | |
1364 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1365 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
1366 | ||
1367 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col); | |
1368 | ||
1369 | Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1370 | size_t count = m_choices.GetCount(); | |
1371 | for (size_t i=0; i<count; i++) | |
1372 | { | |
1373 | if (m_startValue == m_choices[i]) | |
1374 | { | |
1375 | Combo()->SetSelection(i); | |
1376 | break; | |
1377 | } | |
1378 | } | |
1379 | Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
1380 | Combo()->SetFocus(); | |
1381 | } | |
1382 | ||
1383 | bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
1384 | wxGrid* grid) | |
1385 | { | |
1386 | wxString value = Combo()->GetValue(); | |
1387 | bool changed = value != m_startValue; | |
1388 | ||
1389 | if ( changed ) | |
1390 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value); | |
1391 | ||
1392 | m_startValue = wxEmptyString; | |
1393 | Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1394 | ||
1395 | return changed; | |
1396 | } | |
1397 | ||
1398 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset() | |
1399 | { | |
1400 | Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1401 | Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
1402 | } | |
1403 | ||
1404 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
1405 | { | |
1406 | if ( !params ) | |
1407 | { | |
1408 | // what can we do? | |
1409 | return; | |
1410 | } | |
1411 | ||
1412 | m_choices.Empty(); | |
1413 | ||
1414 | wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(',')); | |
1415 | while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() ) | |
1416 | { | |
1417 | m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken()); | |
1418 | } | |
1419 | } | |
1420 | ||
1421 | #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
1422 | ||
1423 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1424 | // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler | |
1425 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1426 | ||
1427 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1428 | { | |
1429 | switch ( event.KeyCode() ) | |
1430 | { | |
1431 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
1432 | m_editor->Reset(); | |
1433 | m_grid->DisableCellEditControl(); | |
1434 | break; | |
1435 | ||
1436 | case WXK_TAB: | |
1437 | m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); | |
1438 | break; | |
1439 | ||
1440 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
1441 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: | |
1442 | if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event)) | |
1443 | m_editor->HandleReturn(event); | |
1444 | break; | |
1445 | ||
1446 | ||
1447 | default: | |
1448 | event.Skip(); | |
1449 | } | |
1450 | } | |
1451 | ||
1452 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1453 | { | |
1454 | switch ( event.KeyCode() ) | |
1455 | { | |
1456 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
1457 | case WXK_TAB: | |
1458 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
1459 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: | |
1460 | break; | |
1461 | ||
1462 | default: | |
1463 | event.Skip(); | |
1464 | } | |
1465 | } | |
1466 | ||
1467 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1468 | // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for | |
1469 | // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting | |
1470 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1471 | ||
1472 | void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params)) | |
1473 | { | |
1474 | // nothing to do | |
1475 | } | |
1476 | ||
1477 | wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker() | |
1478 | { | |
1479 | } | |
1480 | ||
1481 | // ============================================================================ | |
1482 | // renderer classes | |
1483 | // ============================================================================ | |
1484 | ||
1485 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1486 | // wxGridCellRenderer | |
1487 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1488 | ||
1489 | void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1490 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1491 | wxDC& dc, | |
1492 | const wxRect& rect, | |
1493 | int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
1494 | bool isSelected) | |
1495 | { | |
1496 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxSOLID ); | |
1497 | ||
1498 | if ( isSelected ) | |
1499 | { | |
1500 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(grid.GetSelectionBackground(), wxSOLID) ); | |
1501 | } | |
1502 | else | |
1503 | { | |
1504 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) ); | |
1505 | } | |
1506 | ||
1507 | dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); | |
1508 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
1509 | } | |
1510 | ||
1511 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1512 | // wxGridCellStringRenderer | |
1513 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1514 | ||
1515 | void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(wxGrid& grid, | |
1516 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1517 | wxDC& dc, | |
1518 | bool isSelected) | |
1519 | { | |
1520 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); | |
1521 | ||
1522 | // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case? | |
1523 | ||
1524 | if ( isSelected ) | |
1525 | { | |
1526 | dc.SetTextBackground( grid.GetSelectionBackground() ); | |
1527 | dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() ); | |
1528 | } | |
1529 | else | |
1530 | { | |
1531 | dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() ); | |
1532 | dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() ); | |
1533 | } | |
1534 | ||
1535 | dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() ); | |
1536 | } | |
1537 | ||
1538 | wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1539 | wxDC& dc, | |
1540 | const wxString& text) | |
1541 | { | |
1542 | wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0; | |
1543 | dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont()); | |
1544 | wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n')); | |
1545 | while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() ) | |
1546 | { | |
1547 | dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y); | |
1548 | max_x = wxMax(max_x, x); | |
1549 | } | |
1550 | ||
1551 | y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines. | |
1552 | ||
1553 | return wxSize(max_x, y); | |
1554 | } | |
1555 | ||
1556 | wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
1557 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1558 | wxDC& dc, | |
1559 | int row, int col) | |
1560 | { | |
1561 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col)); | |
1562 | } | |
1563 | ||
1564 | void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1565 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1566 | wxDC& dc, | |
1567 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1568 | int row, int col, | |
1569 | bool isSelected) | |
1570 | { | |
1571 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
1572 | ||
1573 | // now we only have to draw the text | |
1574 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
1575 | ||
1576 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
1577 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
1578 | ||
1579 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
1580 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
1581 | ||
1582 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col), | |
1583 | rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
1584 | } | |
1585 | ||
1586 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1587 | // wxGridCellNumberRenderer | |
1588 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1589 | ||
1590 | wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(wxGrid& grid, int row, int col) | |
1591 | { | |
1592 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable(); | |
1593 | wxString text; | |
1594 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) | |
1595 | { | |
1596 | text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col)); | |
1597 | } | |
1598 | else | |
1599 | { | |
1600 | text = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
1601 | } | |
1602 | ||
1603 | return text; | |
1604 | } | |
1605 | ||
1606 | void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1607 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1608 | wxDC& dc, | |
1609 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1610 | int row, int col, | |
1611 | bool isSelected) | |
1612 | { | |
1613 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
1614 | ||
1615 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
1616 | ||
1617 | // draw the text right aligned by default | |
1618 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
1619 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
1620 | hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT; | |
1621 | ||
1622 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
1623 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
1624 | ||
1625 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
1626 | } | |
1627 | ||
1628 | wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
1629 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1630 | wxDC& dc, | |
1631 | int row, int col) | |
1632 | { | |
1633 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col)); | |
1634 | } | |
1635 | ||
1636 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1637 | // wxGridCellFloatRenderer | |
1638 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1639 | ||
1640 | wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision) | |
1641 | { | |
1642 | SetWidth(width); | |
1643 | SetPrecision(precision); | |
1644 | } | |
1645 | ||
1646 | wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const | |
1647 | { | |
1648 | wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer; | |
1649 | renderer->m_width = m_width; | |
1650 | renderer->m_precision = m_precision; | |
1651 | renderer->m_format = m_format; | |
1652 | ||
1653 | return renderer; | |
1654 | } | |
1655 | ||
1656 | wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(wxGrid& grid, int row, int col) | |
1657 | { | |
1658 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable(); | |
1659 | ||
1660 | bool hasDouble; | |
1661 | double val; | |
1662 | wxString text; | |
1663 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) ) | |
1664 | { | |
1665 | val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col); | |
1666 | hasDouble = TRUE; | |
1667 | } | |
1668 | else | |
1669 | { | |
1670 | text = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
1671 | hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val); | |
1672 | } | |
1673 | ||
1674 | if ( hasDouble ) | |
1675 | { | |
1676 | if ( !m_format ) | |
1677 | { | |
1678 | if ( m_width == -1 ) | |
1679 | { | |
1680 | if ( m_precision == -1 ) | |
1681 | { | |
1682 | // default width/precision | |
1683 | m_format = _T("%f"); | |
1684 | } | |
1685 | else | |
1686 | { | |
1687 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision); | |
1688 | } | |
1689 | } | |
1690 | else if ( m_precision == -1 ) | |
1691 | { | |
1692 | // default precision | |
1693 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width); | |
1694 | } | |
1695 | else | |
1696 | { | |
1697 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision); | |
1698 | } | |
1699 | } | |
1700 | ||
1701 | text.Printf(m_format, val); | |
1702 | ||
1703 | } | |
1704 | //else: text already contains the string | |
1705 | ||
1706 | return text; | |
1707 | } | |
1708 | ||
1709 | void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1710 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1711 | wxDC& dc, | |
1712 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1713 | int row, int col, | |
1714 | bool isSelected) | |
1715 | { | |
1716 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
1717 | ||
1718 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
1719 | ||
1720 | // draw the text right aligned by default | |
1721 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
1722 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
1723 | hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT; | |
1724 | ||
1725 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
1726 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
1727 | ||
1728 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
1729 | } | |
1730 | ||
1731 | wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
1732 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1733 | wxDC& dc, | |
1734 | int row, int col) | |
1735 | { | |
1736 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col)); | |
1737 | } | |
1738 | ||
1739 | void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
1740 | { | |
1741 | if ( !params ) | |
1742 | { | |
1743 | // reset to defaults | |
1744 | SetWidth(-1); | |
1745 | SetPrecision(-1); | |
1746 | } | |
1747 | else | |
1748 | { | |
1749 | wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')); | |
1750 | if ( !!tmp ) | |
1751 | { | |
1752 | long width; | |
1753 | if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) ) | |
1754 | { | |
1755 | SetWidth((int)width); | |
1756 | } | |
1757 | else | |
1758 | { | |
1759 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
1760 | } | |
1761 | ||
1762 | } | |
1763 | tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(',')); | |
1764 | if ( !!tmp ) | |
1765 | { | |
1766 | long precision; | |
1767 | if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) ) | |
1768 | { | |
1769 | SetPrecision((int)precision); | |
1770 | } | |
1771 | else | |
1772 | { | |
1773 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
1774 | } | |
1775 | ||
1776 | } | |
1777 | } | |
1778 | } | |
1779 | ||
1780 | ||
1781 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1782 | // wxGridCellBoolRenderer | |
1783 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1784 | ||
1785 | wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark; | |
1786 | ||
1787 | // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly... | |
1788 | ||
1789 | // between checkmark and box | |
1790 | static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2; | |
1791 | ||
1792 | wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
1793 | wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr), | |
1794 | wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), | |
1795 | int WXUNUSED(row), | |
1796 | int WXUNUSED(col)) | |
1797 | { | |
1798 | // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...) | |
1799 | if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x ) | |
1800 | { | |
1801 | // get checkbox size | |
1802 | wxCoord checkSize = 0; | |
1803 | wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, -1, wxEmptyString); | |
1804 | wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize(); | |
1805 | checkSize = size.y + 2*wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN; | |
1806 | ||
1807 | // FIXME wxGTK::wxCheckBox::GetBestSize() gives "wrong" result | |
1808 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
1809 | checkSize -= size.y / 2; | |
1810 | #endif | |
1811 | ||
1812 | delete checkbox; | |
1813 | ||
1814 | ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize; | |
1815 | } | |
1816 | ||
1817 | return ms_sizeCheckMark; | |
1818 | } | |
1819 | ||
1820 | void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1821 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1822 | wxDC& dc, | |
1823 | const wxRect& rect, | |
1824 | int row, int col, | |
1825 | bool isSelected) | |
1826 | { | |
1827 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected); | |
1828 | ||
1829 | // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO) | |
1830 | wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col); | |
1831 | ||
1832 | // don't draw outside the cell | |
1833 | wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height); | |
1834 | if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize ) | |
1835 | { | |
1836 | // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin | |
1837 | size.x = size.y = minSize - 2; | |
1838 | } | |
1839 | ||
1840 | // draw a border around checkmark | |
1841 | wxRect rectBorder; | |
1842 | rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width/2 - size.x/2; | |
1843 | rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height/2 - size.y/2; | |
1844 | rectBorder.width = size.x; | |
1845 | rectBorder.height = size.y; | |
1846 | ||
1847 | bool value; | |
1848 | if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) ) | |
1849 | value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col); | |
1850 | else | |
1851 | { | |
1852 | wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) ); | |
1853 | value = !( !cellval || (cellval == "0") ); | |
1854 | } | |
1855 | ||
1856 | if ( value ) | |
1857 | { | |
1858 | wxRect rectMark = rectBorder; | |
1859 | #ifdef __WXMSW__ | |
1860 | // MSW DrawCheckMark() is weird (and should probably be changed...) | |
1861 | rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN/2); | |
1862 | rectMark.x++; | |
1863 | rectMark.y++; | |
1864 | #else // !MSW | |
1865 | rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN); | |
1866 | #endif // MSW/!MSW | |
1867 | ||
1868 | dc.SetTextForeground(attr.GetTextColour()); | |
1869 | dc.DrawCheckMark(rectMark); | |
1870 | } | |
1871 | ||
1872 | dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); | |
1873 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(attr.GetTextColour(), 1, wxSOLID)); | |
1874 | dc.DrawRectangle(rectBorder); | |
1875 | } | |
1876 | ||
1877 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1878 | // wxGridCellAttr | |
1879 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1880 | ||
1881 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const | |
1882 | { | |
1883 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
1884 | if ( HasTextColour() ) | |
1885 | attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour()); | |
1886 | if ( HasBackgroundColour() ) | |
1887 | attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour()); | |
1888 | if ( HasFont() ) | |
1889 | attr->SetFont(GetFont()); | |
1890 | if ( HasAlignment() ) | |
1891 | attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign); | |
1892 | ||
1893 | if ( m_renderer ) | |
1894 | { | |
1895 | attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer); | |
1896 | m_renderer->IncRef(); | |
1897 | } | |
1898 | if ( m_editor ) | |
1899 | { | |
1900 | attr->SetEditor(m_editor); | |
1901 | m_editor->IncRef(); | |
1902 | } | |
1903 | ||
1904 | if ( IsReadOnly() ) | |
1905 | attr->SetReadOnly(); | |
1906 | ||
1907 | attr->SetKind( m_attrkind ); | |
1908 | ||
1909 | attr->SetDefAttr(m_defGridAttr); | |
1910 | ||
1911 | return attr; | |
1912 | } | |
1913 | ||
1914 | void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom) | |
1915 | { | |
1916 | if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() ) | |
1917 | SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour()); | |
1918 | if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() ) | |
1919 | SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour()); | |
1920 | if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() ) | |
1921 | SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont()); | |
1922 | if ( !!HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() ){ | |
1923 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
1924 | mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign); | |
1925 | SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); | |
1926 | } | |
1927 | ||
1928 | // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return | |
1929 | // m_renderer/m_editor | |
1930 | // | |
1931 | // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor? | |
1932 | if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() ) | |
1933 | { | |
1934 | m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer; | |
1935 | m_renderer->IncRef(); | |
1936 | } | |
1937 | if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() ) | |
1938 | { | |
1939 | m_editor = mergefrom->m_editor; | |
1940 | m_editor->IncRef(); | |
1941 | } | |
1942 | if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() ) | |
1943 | SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly()); | |
1944 | ||
1945 | SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr); | |
1946 | } | |
1947 | ||
1948 | const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const | |
1949 | { | |
1950 | if (HasTextColour()) | |
1951 | { | |
1952 | return m_colText; | |
1953 | } | |
1954 | else if (m_defGridAttr != this) | |
1955 | { | |
1956 | return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour(); | |
1957 | } | |
1958 | else | |
1959 | { | |
1960 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
1961 | return wxNullColour; | |
1962 | } | |
1963 | } | |
1964 | ||
1965 | ||
1966 | const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const | |
1967 | { | |
1968 | if (HasBackgroundColour()) | |
1969 | return m_colBack; | |
1970 | else if (m_defGridAttr != this) | |
1971 | return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
1972 | else | |
1973 | { | |
1974 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
1975 | return wxNullColour; | |
1976 | } | |
1977 | } | |
1978 | ||
1979 | ||
1980 | const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const | |
1981 | { | |
1982 | if (HasFont()) | |
1983 | return m_font; | |
1984 | else if (m_defGridAttr != this) | |
1985 | return m_defGridAttr->GetFont(); | |
1986 | else | |
1987 | { | |
1988 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
1989 | return wxNullFont; | |
1990 | } | |
1991 | } | |
1992 | ||
1993 | ||
1994 | void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const | |
1995 | { | |
1996 | if (HasAlignment()) | |
1997 | { | |
1998 | if ( hAlign ) *hAlign = m_hAlign; | |
1999 | if ( vAlign ) *vAlign = m_vAlign; | |
2000 | } | |
2001 | else if (m_defGridAttr != this) | |
2002 | m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); | |
2003 | else | |
2004 | { | |
2005 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
2006 | } | |
2007 | } | |
2008 | ||
2009 | ||
2010 | // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about | |
2011 | // which attribute to use. If a non-default attr object has one then it is | |
2012 | // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and | |
2013 | // used. It should be the default for the data type of the cell. If it is | |
2014 | // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its | |
2015 | // registry,) then the grid's default editor or renderer is used. | |
2016 | ||
2017 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const | |
2018 | { | |
2019 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = NULL; | |
2020 | ||
2021 | if ( m_defGridAttr != this || grid == NULL ) | |
2022 | { | |
2023 | renderer = m_renderer; // use local attribute | |
2024 | if ( renderer ) | |
2025 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
2026 | } | |
2027 | ||
2028 | if ( !renderer && grid ) // get renderer for the data type | |
2029 | { | |
2030 | // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us | |
2031 | renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col); | |
2032 | } | |
2033 | ||
2034 | if ( !renderer ) | |
2035 | { | |
2036 | // if we still don't have one then use the grid default | |
2037 | // (no need for IncRef() here neither) | |
2038 | renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL,0,0); | |
2039 | } | |
2040 | ||
2041 | if ( !renderer) | |
2042 | { | |
2043 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
2044 | } | |
2045 | ||
2046 | return renderer; | |
2047 | } | |
2048 | ||
2049 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const | |
2050 | { | |
2051 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = NULL; | |
2052 | ||
2053 | if ( m_defGridAttr != this || grid == NULL ) | |
2054 | { | |
2055 | editor = m_editor; // use local attribute | |
2056 | if ( editor ) | |
2057 | editor->IncRef(); | |
2058 | } | |
2059 | ||
2060 | if ( !editor && grid ) // get renderer for the data type | |
2061 | editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col); | |
2062 | ||
2063 | if ( !editor ) | |
2064 | // if we still don't have one then use the grid default | |
2065 | editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL,0,0); | |
2066 | ||
2067 | if ( !editor ) | |
2068 | { | |
2069 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
2070 | } | |
2071 | ||
2072 | return editor; | |
2073 | } | |
2074 | ||
2075 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2076 | // wxGridCellAttrData | |
2077 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2078 | ||
2079 | void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col) | |
2080 | { | |
2081 | int n = FindIndex(row, col); | |
2082 | if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2083 | { | |
2084 | // add the attribute | |
2085 | m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr)); | |
2086 | } | |
2087 | else | |
2088 | { | |
2089 | if ( attr ) | |
2090 | { | |
2091 | // change the attribute | |
2092 | m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr; | |
2093 | } | |
2094 | else | |
2095 | { | |
2096 | // remove this attribute | |
2097 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
2098 | } | |
2099 | } | |
2100 | } | |
2101 | ||
2102 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const | |
2103 | { | |
2104 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2105 | ||
2106 | int n = FindIndex(row, col); | |
2107 | if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2108 | { | |
2109 | attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr; | |
2110 | attr->IncRef(); | |
2111 | } | |
2112 | ||
2113 | return attr; | |
2114 | } | |
2115 | ||
2116 | void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) | |
2117 | { | |
2118 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2119 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2120 | { | |
2121 | wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
2122 | wxCoord row = coords.GetRow(); | |
2123 | if ((size_t)row >= pos) | |
2124 | { | |
2125 | if (numRows > 0) | |
2126 | { | |
2127 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
2128 | coords.SetRow(row + numRows); | |
2129 | } | |
2130 | else if (numRows < 0) | |
2131 | { | |
2132 | // If rows deleted ... | |
2133 | if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows) | |
2134 | { | |
2135 | // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... | |
2136 | coords.SetRow(row + numRows); | |
2137 | } | |
2138 | else | |
2139 | { | |
2140 | // ...or remove the attribute | |
2141 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
2142 | n--; count--; | |
2143 | } | |
2144 | } | |
2145 | } | |
2146 | } | |
2147 | } | |
2148 | ||
2149 | void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) | |
2150 | { | |
2151 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2152 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2153 | { | |
2154 | wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
2155 | wxCoord col = coords.GetCol(); | |
2156 | if ( (size_t)col >= pos ) | |
2157 | { | |
2158 | if ( numCols > 0 ) | |
2159 | { | |
2160 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
2161 | coords.SetCol(col + numCols); | |
2162 | } | |
2163 | else if (numCols < 0) | |
2164 | { | |
2165 | // If rows deleted ... | |
2166 | if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols) | |
2167 | { | |
2168 | // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... | |
2169 | coords.SetCol(col + numCols); | |
2170 | } | |
2171 | else | |
2172 | { | |
2173 | // ...or remove the attribute | |
2174 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
2175 | n--; count--; | |
2176 | } | |
2177 | } | |
2178 | } | |
2179 | } | |
2180 | } | |
2181 | ||
2182 | int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const | |
2183 | { | |
2184 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2185 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2186 | { | |
2187 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
2188 | if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) ) | |
2189 | { | |
2190 | return n; | |
2191 | } | |
2192 | } | |
2193 | ||
2194 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
2195 | } | |
2196 | ||
2197 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2198 | // wxGridRowOrColAttrData | |
2199 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2200 | ||
2201 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData() | |
2202 | { | |
2203 | size_t count = m_attrs.Count(); | |
2204 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2205 | { | |
2206 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
2207 | } | |
2208 | } | |
2209 | ||
2210 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const | |
2211 | { | |
2212 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2213 | ||
2214 | int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); | |
2215 | if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2216 | { | |
2217 | attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n]; | |
2218 | attr->IncRef(); | |
2219 | } | |
2220 | ||
2221 | return attr; | |
2222 | } | |
2223 | ||
2224 | void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol) | |
2225 | { | |
2226 | int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); | |
2227 | if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2228 | { | |
2229 | // add the attribute | |
2230 | m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol); | |
2231 | m_attrs.Add(attr); | |
2232 | } | |
2233 | else | |
2234 | { | |
2235 | size_t n = (size_t)i; | |
2236 | if ( attr ) | |
2237 | { | |
2238 | // change the attribute | |
2239 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
2240 | m_attrs[n] = attr; | |
2241 | } | |
2242 | else | |
2243 | { | |
2244 | // remove this attribute | |
2245 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
2246 | m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n); | |
2247 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
2248 | } | |
2249 | } | |
2250 | } | |
2251 | ||
2252 | void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols ) | |
2253 | { | |
2254 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2255 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2256 | { | |
2257 | int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n]; | |
2258 | if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos ) | |
2259 | { | |
2260 | if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 ) | |
2261 | { | |
2262 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
2263 | rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; | |
2264 | } | |
2265 | else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0) | |
2266 | { | |
2267 | // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists) | |
2268 | if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols) | |
2269 | rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; | |
2270 | else | |
2271 | { | |
2272 | m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
2273 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
2274 | n--; count--; | |
2275 | } | |
2276 | } | |
2277 | } | |
2278 | } | |
2279 | } | |
2280 | ||
2281 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2282 | // wxGridCellAttrProvider | |
2283 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2284 | ||
2285 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider() | |
2286 | { | |
2287 | m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL; | |
2288 | } | |
2289 | ||
2290 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider() | |
2291 | { | |
2292 | delete m_data; | |
2293 | } | |
2294 | ||
2295 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData() | |
2296 | { | |
2297 | m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData; | |
2298 | } | |
2299 | ||
2300 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col, | |
2301 | wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind ) const | |
2302 | { | |
2303 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2304 | if ( m_data ) | |
2305 | { | |
2306 | switch(kind) | |
2307 | { | |
2308 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Any): | |
2309 | //Get cached merge attributes. | |
2310 | // Currenlty not used as no cache implemented as not mutiable | |
2311 | // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col); | |
2312 | if(!attr) | |
2313 | { | |
2314 | //Basicaly implement old version. | |
2315 | //Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time.. | |
2316 | wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL, | |
2317 | *attrrow = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL, | |
2318 | *attrcol = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2319 | ||
2320 | attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col); | |
2321 | attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col); | |
2322 | attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row); | |
2323 | ||
2324 | if((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow !=attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol)){ | |
2325 | // Two or move are non NULL | |
2326 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
2327 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged); | |
2328 | ||
2329 | //Order important.. | |
2330 | if(attrcell){ | |
2331 | attr->MergeWith(attrcell); | |
2332 | attrcell->DecRef(); | |
2333 | } | |
2334 | if(attrcol){ | |
2335 | attr->MergeWith(attrcol); | |
2336 | attrcol->DecRef(); | |
2337 | } | |
2338 | if(attrrow){ | |
2339 | attr->MergeWith(attrrow); | |
2340 | attrrow->DecRef(); | |
2341 | } | |
2342 | //store merge attr if cache implemented | |
2343 | //attr->IncRef(); | |
2344 | //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
2345 | } | |
2346 | else | |
2347 | { | |
2348 | // one or none is non null return it or null. | |
2349 | if(attrrow) attr = attrrow; | |
2350 | if(attrcol) attr = attrcol; | |
2351 | if(attrcell) attr = attrcell; | |
2352 | } | |
2353 | } | |
2354 | break; | |
2355 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell): | |
2356 | attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col); | |
2357 | break; | |
2358 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Col): | |
2359 | attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col); | |
2360 | break; | |
2361 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Row): | |
2362 | attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row); | |
2363 | break; | |
2364 | default: | |
2365 | // unused as yet... | |
2366 | // (wxGridCellAttr::Default): | |
2367 | // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged): | |
2368 | break; | |
2369 | } | |
2370 | } | |
2371 | return attr; | |
2372 | } | |
2373 | ||
2374 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, | |
2375 | int row, int col) | |
2376 | { | |
2377 | if ( !m_data ) | |
2378 | InitData(); | |
2379 | ||
2380 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
2381 | } | |
2382 | ||
2383 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) | |
2384 | { | |
2385 | if ( !m_data ) | |
2386 | InitData(); | |
2387 | ||
2388 | m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row); | |
2389 | } | |
2390 | ||
2391 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) | |
2392 | { | |
2393 | if ( !m_data ) | |
2394 | InitData(); | |
2395 | ||
2396 | m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col); | |
2397 | } | |
2398 | ||
2399 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) | |
2400 | { | |
2401 | if ( m_data ) | |
2402 | { | |
2403 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); | |
2404 | ||
2405 | m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows ); | |
2406 | } | |
2407 | } | |
2408 | ||
2409 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) | |
2410 | { | |
2411 | if ( m_data ) | |
2412 | { | |
2413 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
2414 | ||
2415 | m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
2416 | } | |
2417 | } | |
2418 | ||
2419 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2420 | // wxGridTypeRegistry | |
2421 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2422 | ||
2423 | wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry() | |
2424 | { | |
2425 | size_t count = m_typeinfo.Count(); | |
2426 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
2427 | delete m_typeinfo[i]; | |
2428 | } | |
2429 | ||
2430 | ||
2431 | void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
2432 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
2433 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
2434 | { | |
2435 | wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
2436 | ||
2437 | // is it already registered? | |
2438 | int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); | |
2439 | if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2440 | { | |
2441 | delete m_typeinfo[loc]; | |
2442 | m_typeinfo[loc] = info; | |
2443 | } | |
2444 | else | |
2445 | { | |
2446 | m_typeinfo.Add(info); | |
2447 | } | |
2448 | } | |
2449 | ||
2450 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
2451 | { | |
2452 | size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount(); | |
2453 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
2454 | { | |
2455 | if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName ) | |
2456 | { | |
2457 | return i; | |
2458 | } | |
2459 | } | |
2460 | ||
2461 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
2462 | } | |
2463 | ||
2464 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
2465 | { | |
2466 | int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); | |
2467 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2468 | { | |
2469 | // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case | |
2470 | // register it "on the fly" | |
2471 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
2472 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING ) | |
2473 | { | |
2474 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, | |
2475 | new wxGridCellStringRenderer, | |
2476 | new wxGridCellTextEditor); | |
2477 | } else | |
2478 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
2479 | #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
2480 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL ) | |
2481 | { | |
2482 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL, | |
2483 | new wxGridCellBoolRenderer, | |
2484 | new wxGridCellBoolEditor); | |
2485 | } else | |
2486 | #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
2487 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
2488 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER ) | |
2489 | { | |
2490 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER, | |
2491 | new wxGridCellNumberRenderer, | |
2492 | new wxGridCellNumberEditor); | |
2493 | } | |
2494 | else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT ) | |
2495 | { | |
2496 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT, | |
2497 | new wxGridCellFloatRenderer, | |
2498 | new wxGridCellFloatEditor); | |
2499 | } else | |
2500 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
2501 | #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
2502 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE ) | |
2503 | { | |
2504 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE, | |
2505 | new wxGridCellStringRenderer, | |
2506 | new wxGridCellChoiceEditor); | |
2507 | } else | |
2508 | #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
2509 | { | |
2510 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
2511 | } | |
2512 | ||
2513 | // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return | |
2514 | // the last index | |
2515 | index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; | |
2516 | } | |
2517 | ||
2518 | return index; | |
2519 | } | |
2520 | ||
2521 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
2522 | { | |
2523 | int index = FindDataType(typeName); | |
2524 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2525 | { | |
2526 | // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':' | |
2527 | // are the parameters for the renderer | |
2528 | index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':'))); | |
2529 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2530 | { | |
2531 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
2532 | } | |
2533 | ||
2534 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index); | |
2535 | wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer; | |
2536 | renderer = renderer->Clone(); | |
2537 | rendererOld->DecRef(); | |
2538 | ||
2539 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index); | |
2540 | wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor; | |
2541 | editor = editor->Clone(); | |
2542 | editorOld->DecRef(); | |
2543 | ||
2544 | // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults | |
2545 | wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':')); | |
2546 | renderer->SetParameters(params); | |
2547 | editor->SetParameters(params); | |
2548 | ||
2549 | // register the new typename | |
2550 | RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
2551 | ||
2552 | // we just registered it, it's the last one | |
2553 | index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; | |
2554 | } | |
2555 | ||
2556 | return index; | |
2557 | } | |
2558 | ||
2559 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index) | |
2560 | { | |
2561 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer; | |
2562 | if (renderer) | |
2563 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
2564 | return renderer; | |
2565 | } | |
2566 | ||
2567 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index) | |
2568 | { | |
2569 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor; | |
2570 | if (editor) | |
2571 | editor->IncRef(); | |
2572 | return editor; | |
2573 | } | |
2574 | ||
2575 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2576 | // wxGridTableBase | |
2577 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2578 | ||
2579 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject ) | |
2580 | ||
2581 | ||
2582 | wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase() | |
2583 | { | |
2584 | m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL; | |
2585 | m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL; | |
2586 | } | |
2587 | ||
2588 | wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase() | |
2589 | { | |
2590 | delete m_attrProvider; | |
2591 | } | |
2592 | ||
2593 | void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider) | |
2594 | { | |
2595 | delete m_attrProvider; | |
2596 | m_attrProvider = attrProvider; | |
2597 | } | |
2598 | ||
2599 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes() | |
2600 | { | |
2601 | if ( ! GetAttrProvider() ) | |
2602 | { | |
2603 | // use the default attr provider by default | |
2604 | SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider); | |
2605 | } | |
2606 | return TRUE; | |
2607 | } | |
2608 | ||
2609 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind) | |
2610 | { | |
2611 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
2612 | return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind); | |
2613 | else | |
2614 | return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2615 | } | |
2616 | ||
2617 | void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col) | |
2618 | { | |
2619 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
2620 | { | |
2621 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell); | |
2622 | m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
2623 | } | |
2624 | else | |
2625 | { | |
2626 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
2627 | // free it now | |
2628 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
2629 | } | |
2630 | } | |
2631 | ||
2632 | void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) | |
2633 | { | |
2634 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
2635 | { | |
2636 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row); | |
2637 | m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row); | |
2638 | } | |
2639 | else | |
2640 | { | |
2641 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
2642 | // free it now | |
2643 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
2644 | } | |
2645 | } | |
2646 | ||
2647 | void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) | |
2648 | { | |
2649 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
2650 | { | |
2651 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col); | |
2652 | m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col); | |
2653 | } | |
2654 | else | |
2655 | { | |
2656 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
2657 | // free it now | |
2658 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
2659 | } | |
2660 | } | |
2661 | ||
2662 | bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
2663 | size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
2664 | { | |
2665 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") ); | |
2666 | ||
2667 | return FALSE; | |
2668 | } | |
2669 | ||
2670 | bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
2671 | { | |
2672 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
2673 | ||
2674 | return FALSE; | |
2675 | } | |
2676 | ||
2677 | bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
2678 | size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
2679 | { | |
2680 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
2681 | ||
2682 | return FALSE; | |
2683 | } | |
2684 | ||
2685 | bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
2686 | size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
2687 | { | |
2688 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
2689 | ||
2690 | return FALSE; | |
2691 | } | |
2692 | ||
2693 | bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
2694 | { | |
2695 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
2696 | ||
2697 | return FALSE; | |
2698 | } | |
2699 | ||
2700 | bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
2701 | size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
2702 | { | |
2703 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
2704 | ||
2705 | return FALSE; | |
2706 | } | |
2707 | ||
2708 | ||
2709 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
2710 | { | |
2711 | wxString s; | |
2712 | s << row + 1; // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users, no matter | |
2713 | // how much it makes sense to us geeks. | |
2714 | return s; | |
2715 | } | |
2716 | ||
2717 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
2718 | { | |
2719 | // default col labels are: | |
2720 | // cols 0 to 25 : A-Z | |
2721 | // cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ | |
2722 | // etc. | |
2723 | ||
2724 | wxString s; | |
2725 | unsigned int i, n; | |
2726 | for ( n = 1; ; n++ ) | |
2727 | { | |
2728 | s += (_T('A') + (wxChar)( col%26 )); | |
2729 | col = col/26 - 1; | |
2730 | if ( col < 0 ) break; | |
2731 | } | |
2732 | ||
2733 | // reverse the string... | |
2734 | wxString s2; | |
2735 | for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ ) | |
2736 | { | |
2737 | s2 += s[n-i-1]; | |
2738 | } | |
2739 | ||
2740 | return s2; | |
2741 | } | |
2742 | ||
2743 | ||
2744 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
2745 | { | |
2746 | return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; | |
2747 | } | |
2748 | ||
2749 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
2750 | const wxString& typeName ) | |
2751 | { | |
2752 | return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; | |
2753 | } | |
2754 | ||
2755 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName ) | |
2756 | { | |
2757 | return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName); | |
2758 | } | |
2759 | ||
2760 | long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
2761 | { | |
2762 | return 0; | |
2763 | } | |
2764 | ||
2765 | double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
2766 | { | |
2767 | return 0.0; | |
2768 | } | |
2769 | ||
2770 | bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
2771 | { | |
2772 | return FALSE; | |
2773 | } | |
2774 | ||
2775 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
2776 | long WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
2777 | { | |
2778 | } | |
2779 | ||
2780 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
2781 | double WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
2782 | { | |
2783 | } | |
2784 | ||
2785 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
2786 | bool WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
2787 | { | |
2788 | } | |
2789 | ||
2790 | ||
2791 | void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
2792 | const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) ) | |
2793 | { | |
2794 | return NULL; | |
2795 | } | |
2796 | ||
2797 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
2798 | const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName), | |
2799 | void* WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
2800 | { | |
2801 | } | |
2802 | ||
2803 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
2804 | // | |
2805 | // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications | |
2806 | // to the grid view | |
2807 | // | |
2808 | ||
2809 | wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage() | |
2810 | { | |
2811 | m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL; | |
2812 | m_id = -1; | |
2813 | m_comInt1 = -1; | |
2814 | m_comInt2 = -1; | |
2815 | } | |
2816 | ||
2817 | wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id, | |
2818 | int commandInt1, int commandInt2 ) | |
2819 | { | |
2820 | m_table = table; | |
2821 | m_id = id; | |
2822 | m_comInt1 = commandInt1; | |
2823 | m_comInt2 = commandInt2; | |
2824 | } | |
2825 | ||
2826 | ||
2827 | ||
2828 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
2829 | // | |
2830 | // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will | |
2831 | // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class. | |
2832 | // | |
2833 | ||
2834 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray) | |
2835 | ||
2836 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase ) | |
2837 | ||
2838 | wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable() | |
2839 | : wxGridTableBase() | |
2840 | { | |
2841 | } | |
2842 | ||
2843 | wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols ) | |
2844 | : wxGridTableBase() | |
2845 | { | |
2846 | int row, col; | |
2847 | ||
2848 | m_data.Alloc( numRows ); | |
2849 | ||
2850 | wxArrayString sa; | |
2851 | sa.Alloc( numCols ); | |
2852 | for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ ) | |
2853 | { | |
2854 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString ); | |
2855 | } | |
2856 | ||
2857 | for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ ) | |
2858 | { | |
2859 | m_data.Add( sa ); | |
2860 | } | |
2861 | } | |
2862 | ||
2863 | wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable() | |
2864 | { | |
2865 | } | |
2866 | ||
2867 | int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows() | |
2868 | { | |
2869 | return m_data.GetCount(); | |
2870 | } | |
2871 | ||
2872 | int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols() | |
2873 | { | |
2874 | if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 ) | |
2875 | return m_data[0].GetCount(); | |
2876 | else | |
2877 | return 0; | |
2878 | } | |
2879 | ||
2880 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col ) | |
2881 | { | |
2882 | wxASSERT_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
2883 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
2884 | ||
2885 | return m_data[row][col]; | |
2886 | } | |
2887 | ||
2888 | void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value ) | |
2889 | { | |
2890 | wxASSERT_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
2891 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
2892 | ||
2893 | m_data[row][col] = value; | |
2894 | } | |
2895 | ||
2896 | bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col ) | |
2897 | { | |
2898 | wxASSERT_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
2899 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
2900 | ||
2901 | return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString); | |
2902 | } | |
2903 | ||
2904 | void wxGridStringTable::Clear() | |
2905 | { | |
2906 | int row, col; | |
2907 | int numRows, numCols; | |
2908 | ||
2909 | numRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
2910 | if ( numRows > 0 ) | |
2911 | { | |
2912 | numCols = m_data[0].GetCount(); | |
2913 | ||
2914 | for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ ) | |
2915 | { | |
2916 | for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ ) | |
2917 | { | |
2918 | m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString; | |
2919 | } | |
2920 | } | |
2921 | } | |
2922 | } | |
2923 | ||
2924 | ||
2925 | bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) | |
2926 | { | |
2927 | size_t row, col; | |
2928 | ||
2929 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
2930 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : | |
2931 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
2932 | ||
2933 | if ( pos >= curNumRows ) | |
2934 | { | |
2935 | return AppendRows( numRows ); | |
2936 | } | |
2937 | ||
2938 | wxArrayString sa; | |
2939 | sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); | |
2940 | for ( col = 0; col < curNumCols; col++ ) | |
2941 | { | |
2942 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString ); | |
2943 | } | |
2944 | ||
2945 | for ( row = pos; row < pos + numRows; row++ ) | |
2946 | { | |
2947 | m_data.Insert( sa, row ); | |
2948 | } | |
2949 | if ( GetView() ) | |
2950 | { | |
2951 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
2952 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED, | |
2953 | pos, | |
2954 | numRows ); | |
2955 | ||
2956 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
2957 | } | |
2958 | ||
2959 | return TRUE; | |
2960 | } | |
2961 | ||
2962 | bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows ) | |
2963 | { | |
2964 | size_t row, col; | |
2965 | ||
2966 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
2967 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : | |
2968 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
2969 | ||
2970 | wxArrayString sa; | |
2971 | if ( curNumCols > 0 ) | |
2972 | { | |
2973 | sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); | |
2974 | for ( col = 0; col < curNumCols; col++ ) | |
2975 | { | |
2976 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString ); | |
2977 | } | |
2978 | } | |
2979 | ||
2980 | for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ ) | |
2981 | { | |
2982 | m_data.Add( sa ); | |
2983 | } | |
2984 | ||
2985 | if ( GetView() ) | |
2986 | { | |
2987 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
2988 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED, | |
2989 | numRows ); | |
2990 | ||
2991 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
2992 | } | |
2993 | ||
2994 | return TRUE; | |
2995 | } | |
2996 | ||
2997 | bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) | |
2998 | { | |
2999 | size_t n; | |
3000 | ||
3001 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3002 | ||
3003 | if ( pos >= curNumRows ) | |
3004 | { | |
3005 | wxString errmsg; | |
3006 | errmsg.Printf(wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%d, N=%d)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %d rows"), | |
3007 | pos, numRows, curNumRows ); | |
3008 | wxFAIL_MSG( errmsg ); | |
3009 | return FALSE; | |
3010 | } | |
3011 | ||
3012 | if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos ) | |
3013 | { | |
3014 | numRows = curNumRows - pos; | |
3015 | } | |
3016 | ||
3017 | if ( numRows >= curNumRows ) | |
3018 | { | |
3019 | m_data.Empty(); // don't release memory just yet | |
3020 | } | |
3021 | else | |
3022 | { | |
3023 | for ( n = 0; n < numRows; n++ ) | |
3024 | { | |
3025 | m_data.RemoveAt( pos ); | |
3026 | } | |
3027 | } | |
3028 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3029 | { | |
3030 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3031 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED, | |
3032 | pos, | |
3033 | numRows ); | |
3034 | ||
3035 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3036 | } | |
3037 | ||
3038 | return TRUE; | |
3039 | } | |
3040 | ||
3041 | bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) | |
3042 | { | |
3043 | size_t row, col; | |
3044 | ||
3045 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3046 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : | |
3047 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
3048 | ||
3049 | if ( pos >= curNumCols ) | |
3050 | { | |
3051 | return AppendCols( numCols ); | |
3052 | } | |
3053 | ||
3054 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
3055 | { | |
3056 | for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ ) | |
3057 | { | |
3058 | m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col ); | |
3059 | } | |
3060 | } | |
3061 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3062 | { | |
3063 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3064 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED, | |
3065 | pos, | |
3066 | numCols ); | |
3067 | ||
3068 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3069 | } | |
3070 | ||
3071 | return TRUE; | |
3072 | } | |
3073 | ||
3074 | bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols ) | |
3075 | { | |
3076 | size_t row, n; | |
3077 | ||
3078 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3079 | #if 0 | |
3080 | if ( !curNumRows ) | |
3081 | { | |
3082 | // TODO: something better than this ? | |
3083 | // | |
3084 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") ); | |
3085 | return FALSE; | |
3086 | } | |
3087 | #endif | |
3088 | ||
3089 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
3090 | { | |
3091 | for ( n = 0; n < numCols; n++ ) | |
3092 | { | |
3093 | m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString ); | |
3094 | } | |
3095 | } | |
3096 | ||
3097 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3098 | { | |
3099 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3100 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED, | |
3101 | numCols ); | |
3102 | ||
3103 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3104 | } | |
3105 | ||
3106 | return TRUE; | |
3107 | } | |
3108 | ||
3109 | bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) | |
3110 | { | |
3111 | size_t row, n; | |
3112 | ||
3113 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3114 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : | |
3115 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
3116 | ||
3117 | if ( pos >= curNumCols ) | |
3118 | { | |
3119 | wxString errmsg; | |
3120 | errmsg.Printf( wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%d, N=%d)...\nPos value is invalid for present table with %d cols"), | |
3121 | pos, numCols, curNumCols ); | |
3122 | wxFAIL_MSG( errmsg ); | |
3123 | return FALSE; | |
3124 | } | |
3125 | ||
3126 | if ( numCols > curNumCols - pos ) | |
3127 | { | |
3128 | numCols = curNumCols - pos; | |
3129 | } | |
3130 | ||
3131 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
3132 | { | |
3133 | if ( numCols >= curNumCols ) | |
3134 | { | |
3135 | m_data[row].Clear(); | |
3136 | } | |
3137 | else | |
3138 | { | |
3139 | for ( n = 0; n < numCols; n++ ) | |
3140 | { | |
3141 | m_data[row].Remove( pos ); | |
3142 | } | |
3143 | } | |
3144 | } | |
3145 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3146 | { | |
3147 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3148 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED, | |
3149 | pos, | |
3150 | numCols ); | |
3151 | ||
3152 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3153 | } | |
3154 | ||
3155 | return TRUE; | |
3156 | } | |
3157 | ||
3158 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
3159 | { | |
3160 | if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
3161 | { | |
3162 | // using default label | |
3163 | // | |
3164 | return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row ); | |
3165 | } | |
3166 | else | |
3167 | { | |
3168 | return m_rowLabels[ row ]; | |
3169 | } | |
3170 | } | |
3171 | ||
3172 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
3173 | { | |
3174 | if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
3175 | { | |
3176 | // using default label | |
3177 | // | |
3178 | return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col ); | |
3179 | } | |
3180 | else | |
3181 | { | |
3182 | return m_colLabels[ col ]; | |
3183 | } | |
3184 | } | |
3185 | ||
3186 | void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value ) | |
3187 | { | |
3188 | if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
3189 | { | |
3190 | int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount(); | |
3191 | int i; | |
3192 | for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ ) | |
3193 | { | |
3194 | m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) ); | |
3195 | } | |
3196 | } | |
3197 | ||
3198 | m_rowLabels[row] = value; | |
3199 | } | |
3200 | ||
3201 | void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value ) | |
3202 | { | |
3203 | if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
3204 | { | |
3205 | int n = m_colLabels.GetCount(); | |
3206 | int i; | |
3207 | for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ ) | |
3208 | { | |
3209 | m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) ); | |
3210 | } | |
3211 | } | |
3212 | ||
3213 | m_colLabels[col] = value; | |
3214 | } | |
3215 | ||
3216 | ||
3217 | ||
3218 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3219 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3220 | ||
3221 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3222 | ||
3223 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3224 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
3225 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel) | |
3226 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
3227 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
3228 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
3229 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3230 | ||
3231 | wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3232 | wxWindowID id, | |
3233 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
3234 | : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS ) | |
3235 | { | |
3236 | m_owner = parent; | |
3237 | } | |
3238 | ||
3239 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3240 | { | |
3241 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
3242 | ||
3243 | // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin | |
3244 | // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to | |
3245 | // set the y coord - MB | |
3246 | // | |
3247 | // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
3248 | ||
3249 | int x, y; | |
3250 | m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); | |
3251 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( 0, -y ); | |
3252 | ||
3253 | wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); | |
3254 | m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc , rows ); | |
3255 | } | |
3256 | ||
3257 | ||
3258 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3259 | { | |
3260 | m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
3261 | } | |
3262 | ||
3263 | ||
3264 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3265 | { | |
3266 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
3267 | } | |
3268 | ||
3269 | ||
3270 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse | |
3271 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
3272 | // | |
3273 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3274 | { | |
3275 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3276 | } | |
3277 | ||
3278 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3279 | { | |
3280 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3281 | } | |
3282 | ||
3283 | ||
3284 | ||
3285 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3286 | ||
3287 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3288 | ||
3289 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3290 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
3291 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel) | |
3292 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
3293 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
3294 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
3295 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3296 | ||
3297 | wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3298 | wxWindowID id, | |
3299 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
3300 | : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS ) | |
3301 | { | |
3302 | m_owner = parent; | |
3303 | } | |
3304 | ||
3305 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3306 | { | |
3307 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
3308 | ||
3309 | // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin | |
3310 | // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to | |
3311 | // set the x coord - MB | |
3312 | // | |
3313 | // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
3314 | ||
3315 | int x, y; | |
3316 | m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); | |
3317 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( -x, 0 ); | |
3318 | ||
3319 | wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); | |
3320 | m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc , cols ); | |
3321 | } | |
3322 | ||
3323 | ||
3324 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3325 | { | |
3326 | m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
3327 | } | |
3328 | ||
3329 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3330 | { | |
3331 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
3332 | } | |
3333 | ||
3334 | ||
3335 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse | |
3336 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
3337 | // | |
3338 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3339 | { | |
3340 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3341 | } | |
3342 | ||
3343 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3344 | { | |
3345 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3346 | } | |
3347 | ||
3348 | ||
3349 | ||
3350 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3351 | ||
3352 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3353 | ||
3354 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3355 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel) | |
3356 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
3357 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint) | |
3358 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
3359 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
3360 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3361 | ||
3362 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3363 | wxWindowID id, | |
3364 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
3365 | : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS ) | |
3366 | { | |
3367 | m_owner = parent; | |
3368 | } | |
3369 | ||
3370 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3371 | { | |
3372 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
3373 | ||
3374 | int client_height = 0; | |
3375 | int client_width = 0; | |
3376 | GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height ); | |
3377 | ||
3378 | dc.SetPen( *wxBLACK_PEN ); | |
3379 | dc.DrawLine( client_width-1, client_height-1, client_width-1, 0 ); | |
3380 | dc.DrawLine( client_width-1, client_height-1, 0, client_height-1 ); | |
3381 | ||
3382 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
3383 | dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 ); | |
3384 | dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height ); | |
3385 | } | |
3386 | ||
3387 | ||
3388 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3389 | { | |
3390 | m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
3391 | } | |
3392 | ||
3393 | ||
3394 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3395 | { | |
3396 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
3397 | } | |
3398 | ||
3399 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse | |
3400 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
3401 | // | |
3402 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3403 | { | |
3404 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3405 | } | |
3406 | ||
3407 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3408 | { | |
3409 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3410 | } | |
3411 | ||
3412 | ||
3413 | ||
3414 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3415 | ||
3416 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxPanel ) | |
3417 | ||
3418 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxPanel ) | |
3419 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint ) | |
3420 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel) | |
3421 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
3422 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
3423 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
3424 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground ) | |
3425 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3426 | ||
3427 | wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3428 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin, | |
3429 | wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin, | |
3430 | wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
3431 | : wxPanel( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS, "grid window" ) | |
3432 | { | |
3433 | m_owner = parent; | |
3434 | m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin; | |
3435 | m_colLabelWin = colLblWin; | |
3436 | SetBackgroundColour( "WHITE" ); | |
3437 | } | |
3438 | ||
3439 | ||
3440 | wxGridWindow::~wxGridWindow() | |
3441 | { | |
3442 | } | |
3443 | ||
3444 | ||
3445 | void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3446 | { | |
3447 | wxPaintDC dc( this ); | |
3448 | m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
3449 | wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion(); | |
3450 | wxGridCellCoordsArray DirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg ); | |
3451 | m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc , DirtyCells); | |
3452 | #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES | |
3453 | m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg ); | |
3454 | #endif | |
3455 | m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc ); | |
3456 | m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc , DirtyCells ); | |
3457 | } | |
3458 | ||
3459 | ||
3460 | void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect ) | |
3461 | { | |
3462 | wxPanel::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect ); | |
3463 | m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect ); | |
3464 | m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect ); | |
3465 | } | |
3466 | ||
3467 | ||
3468 | void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3469 | { | |
3470 | m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event ); | |
3471 | } | |
3472 | ||
3473 | void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3474 | { | |
3475 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
3476 | } | |
3477 | ||
3478 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse | |
3479 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
3480 | // | |
3481 | void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3482 | { | |
3483 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3484 | } | |
3485 | ||
3486 | void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3487 | { | |
3488 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3489 | } | |
3490 | ||
3491 | void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3492 | { | |
3493 | } | |
3494 | ||
3495 | ||
3496 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3497 | ||
3498 | ||
3499 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow ) | |
3500 | ||
3501 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow ) | |
3502 | EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint ) | |
3503 | EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize ) | |
3504 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown ) | |
3505 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp ) | |
3506 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground ) | |
3507 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3508 | ||
3509 | wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent, | |
3510 | wxWindowID id, | |
3511 | const wxPoint& pos, | |
3512 | const wxSize& size, | |
3513 | long style, | |
3514 | const wxString& name ) | |
3515 | : wxScrolledWindow( parent, id, pos, size, (style | wxWANTS_CHARS), name ), | |
3516 | m_colMinWidths(GRID_HASH_SIZE), | |
3517 | m_rowMinHeights(GRID_HASH_SIZE) | |
3518 | { | |
3519 | Create(); | |
3520 | } | |
3521 | ||
3522 | ||
3523 | wxGrid::~wxGrid() | |
3524 | { | |
3525 | // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler | |
3526 | SetTargetWindow(this); | |
3527 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
3528 | wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
3529 | ||
3530 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
3531 | size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses; | |
3532 | wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: " | |
3533 | "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"), | |
3534 | total, gs_nAttrCacheHits, | |
3535 | total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0); | |
3536 | #endif | |
3537 | ||
3538 | if (m_ownTable) | |
3539 | delete m_table; | |
3540 | ||
3541 | delete m_typeRegistry; | |
3542 | delete m_selection; | |
3543 | } | |
3544 | ||
3545 | ||
3546 | // | |
3547 | // ----- internal init and update functions | |
3548 | // | |
3549 | ||
3550 | void wxGrid::Create() | |
3551 | { | |
3552 | m_created = FALSE; // set to TRUE by CreateGrid | |
3553 | ||
3554 | m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL; | |
3555 | m_ownTable = FALSE; | |
3556 | ||
3557 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = FALSE; | |
3558 | ||
3559 | m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
3560 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
3561 | ||
3562 | // Set default cell attributes | |
3563 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default); | |
3564 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont()); | |
3565 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP); | |
3566 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour( | |
3567 | wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT)); | |
3568 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour( | |
3569 | wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW)); | |
3570 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer); | |
3571 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor); | |
3572 | ||
3573 | ||
3574 | m_numRows = 0; | |
3575 | m_numCols = 0; | |
3576 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
3577 | ||
3578 | m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH; | |
3579 | m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; | |
3580 | ||
3581 | // create the type registry | |
3582 | m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry; | |
3583 | m_selection = 0; | |
3584 | // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid | |
3585 | m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this, | |
3586 | -1, | |
3587 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
3588 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
3589 | ||
3590 | m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this, | |
3591 | -1, | |
3592 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
3593 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
3594 | ||
3595 | m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this, | |
3596 | -1, | |
3597 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
3598 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
3599 | ||
3600 | m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this, | |
3601 | m_rowLabelWin, | |
3602 | m_colLabelWin, | |
3603 | -1, | |
3604 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
3605 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
3606 | ||
3607 | SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin ); | |
3608 | } | |
3609 | ||
3610 | ||
3611 | bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols, | |
3612 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) | |
3613 | { | |
3614 | wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created, | |
3615 | FALSE, | |
3616 | wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") ); | |
3617 | ||
3618 | m_numRows = numRows; | |
3619 | m_numCols = numCols; | |
3620 | ||
3621 | m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols ); | |
3622 | m_table->SetView( this ); | |
3623 | m_ownTable = TRUE; | |
3624 | m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode ); | |
3625 | Init(); | |
3626 | m_created = TRUE; | |
3627 | ||
3628 | return m_created; | |
3629 | } | |
3630 | ||
3631 | void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode) | |
3632 | { | |
3633 | if ( !m_created ) | |
3634 | { | |
3635 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
3636 | } | |
3637 | else | |
3638 | m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode ); | |
3639 | } | |
3640 | ||
3641 | bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership, | |
3642 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) | |
3643 | { | |
3644 | if ( m_created ) | |
3645 | { | |
3646 | // RD: Actually, this should probably be allowed. I think it would be | |
3647 | // nice to be able to switch multiple Tables in and out of a single | |
3648 | // View at runtime. Is there anything in the implmentation that would | |
3649 | // prevent this? | |
3650 | ||
3651 | // At least, you now have to cope with m_selection | |
3652 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") ); | |
3653 | return FALSE; | |
3654 | } | |
3655 | else | |
3656 | { | |
3657 | m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows(); | |
3658 | m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols(); | |
3659 | ||
3660 | m_table = table; | |
3661 | m_table->SetView( this ); | |
3662 | if (takeOwnership) | |
3663 | m_ownTable = TRUE; | |
3664 | m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode ); | |
3665 | Init(); | |
3666 | m_created = TRUE; | |
3667 | } | |
3668 | ||
3669 | return m_created; | |
3670 | } | |
3671 | ||
3672 | ||
3673 | void wxGrid::Init() | |
3674 | { | |
3675 | m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH; | |
3676 | m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; | |
3677 | ||
3678 | if ( m_rowLabelWin ) | |
3679 | { | |
3680 | m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
3681 | } | |
3682 | else | |
3683 | { | |
3684 | m_labelBackgroundColour = wxColour( _T("WHITE") ); | |
3685 | } | |
3686 | ||
3687 | m_labelTextColour = wxColour( _T("BLACK") ); | |
3688 | ||
3689 | // init attr cache | |
3690 | m_attrCache.row = -1; | |
3691 | ||
3692 | // TODO: something better than this ? | |
3693 | // | |
3694 | m_labelFont = this->GetFont(); | |
3695 | m_labelFont.SetWeight( m_labelFont.GetWeight() + 2 ); | |
3696 | ||
3697 | m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; | |
3698 | m_rowLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
3699 | ||
3700 | m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
3701 | m_colLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_TOP; | |
3702 | ||
3703 | m_defaultColWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH; | |
3704 | m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight(); | |
3705 | ||
3706 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl() | |
3707 | m_defaultRowHeight += 8; | |
3708 | #else | |
3709 | m_defaultRowHeight += 4; | |
3710 | #endif | |
3711 | ||
3712 | m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 128, 128, 255 ); | |
3713 | m_gridLinesEnabled = TRUE; | |
3714 | m_cellHighlightColour = m_gridLineColour; | |
3715 | m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2; | |
3716 | m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1; | |
3717 | ||
3718 | m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL; | |
3719 | m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL; | |
3720 | m_canDragRowSize = TRUE; | |
3721 | m_canDragColSize = TRUE; | |
3722 | m_canDragGridSize = TRUE; | |
3723 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
3724 | m_dragRowOrCol = -1; | |
3725 | m_isDragging = FALSE; | |
3726 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; | |
3727 | ||
3728 | m_waitForSlowClick = FALSE; | |
3729 | ||
3730 | m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS ); | |
3731 | m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE ); | |
3732 | ||
3733 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
3734 | ||
3735 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
3736 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
3737 | m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT); | |
3738 | m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT); | |
3739 | ||
3740 | m_editable = TRUE; // default for whole grid | |
3741 | ||
3742 | m_inOnKeyDown = FALSE; | |
3743 | m_batchCount = 0; | |
3744 | ||
3745 | m_extraWidth = | |
3746 | m_extraHeight = 50; | |
3747 | ||
3748 | CalcDimensions(); | |
3749 | } | |
3750 | ||
3751 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3752 | // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create | |
3753 | // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if | |
3754 | // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these | |
3755 | // arrays at all | |
3756 | // | |
3757 | // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the | |
3758 | // widths/heights different from default ones but this will be done later... | |
3759 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3760 | ||
3761 | void wxGrid::InitRowHeights() | |
3762 | { | |
3763 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); | |
3764 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); | |
3765 | ||
3766 | m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows ); | |
3767 | m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows ); | |
3768 | ||
3769 | int rowBottom = 0; | |
3770 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
3771 | { | |
3772 | m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight ); | |
3773 | rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight; | |
3774 | m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom ); | |
3775 | } | |
3776 | } | |
3777 | ||
3778 | void wxGrid::InitColWidths() | |
3779 | { | |
3780 | m_colWidths.Empty(); | |
3781 | m_colRights.Empty(); | |
3782 | ||
3783 | m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols ); | |
3784 | m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols ); | |
3785 | int colRight = 0; | |
3786 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
3787 | { | |
3788 | m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth ); | |
3789 | colRight += m_defaultColWidth; | |
3790 | m_colRights.Add( colRight ); | |
3791 | } | |
3792 | } | |
3793 | ||
3794 | int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const | |
3795 | { | |
3796 | return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col]; | |
3797 | } | |
3798 | ||
3799 | int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const | |
3800 | { | |
3801 | return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? col * m_defaultColWidth | |
3802 | : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col]; | |
3803 | } | |
3804 | ||
3805 | int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const | |
3806 | { | |
3807 | return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (col + 1) * m_defaultColWidth | |
3808 | : m_colRights[col]; | |
3809 | } | |
3810 | ||
3811 | int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const | |
3812 | { | |
3813 | return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row]; | |
3814 | } | |
3815 | ||
3816 | int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const | |
3817 | { | |
3818 | return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight | |
3819 | : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row]; | |
3820 | } | |
3821 | ||
3822 | int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const | |
3823 | { | |
3824 | return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight | |
3825 | : m_rowBottoms[row]; | |
3826 | } | |
3827 | ||
3828 | void wxGrid::CalcDimensions() | |
3829 | { | |
3830 | int cw, ch; | |
3831 | GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
3832 | ||
3833 | if ( m_colLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
3834 | cw -= m_rowLabelWidth; | |
3835 | if ( m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
3836 | ch -= m_colLabelHeight; | |
3837 | ||
3838 | // grid total size | |
3839 | int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) + m_extraWidth + 1 : 0; | |
3840 | int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) + m_extraHeight + 1 : 0; | |
3841 | ||
3842 | // preserve (more or less) the previous position | |
3843 | int x, y; | |
3844 | GetViewStart( &x, &y ); | |
3845 | // maybe we don't need scrollbars at all? and if we do, transform w and h | |
3846 | // from pixels into logical units | |
3847 | if ( w <= cw ) | |
3848 | { | |
3849 | w = 0; x= 0; | |
3850 | } | |
3851 | else | |
3852 | { | |
3853 | w = (w + GRID_SCROLL_LINE - 1)/GRID_SCROLL_LINE; | |
3854 | if ( x >= w ) | |
3855 | x = w - 1; | |
3856 | } | |
3857 | if ( h <= ch ) | |
3858 | { | |
3859 | h = 0; y = 0; | |
3860 | } | |
3861 | else | |
3862 | { | |
3863 | h = (h + GRID_SCROLL_LINE - 1)/GRID_SCROLL_LINE; | |
3864 | if ( y >= h ) | |
3865 | y = h - 1; | |
3866 | } | |
3867 | ||
3868 | // do set scrollbar parameters | |
3869 | SetScrollbars( GRID_SCROLL_LINE, GRID_SCROLL_LINE, | |
3870 | w, h, x, y, (GetBatchCount() != 0)); | |
3871 | } | |
3872 | ||
3873 | ||
3874 | void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes() | |
3875 | { | |
3876 | int cw, ch; | |
3877 | GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
3878 | ||
3879 | if ( m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
3880 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight ); | |
3881 | ||
3882 | if ( m_colLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
3883 | m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, cw-m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight); | |
3884 | ||
3885 | if ( m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
3886 | m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, ch-m_colLabelHeight); | |
3887 | ||
3888 | if ( m_gridWin->IsShown() ) | |
3889 | m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, cw-m_rowLabelWidth, ch-m_colLabelHeight); | |
3890 | } | |
3891 | ||
3892 | ||
3893 | // this is called when the grid table sends a message to say that it | |
3894 | // has been redimensioned | |
3895 | // | |
3896 | bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) | |
3897 | { | |
3898 | int i; | |
3899 | bool result = FALSE; | |
3900 | ||
3901 | #if 0 | |
3902 | // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them | |
3903 | // now | |
3904 | if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
3905 | { | |
3906 | InitColWidths(); | |
3907 | } | |
3908 | ||
3909 | if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
3910 | { | |
3911 | InitRowHeights(); | |
3912 | } | |
3913 | #endif | |
3914 | ||
3915 | switch ( msg.GetId() ) | |
3916 | { | |
3917 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: | |
3918 | { | |
3919 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
3920 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
3921 | ||
3922 | m_numRows += numRows; | |
3923 | ||
3924 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
3925 | { | |
3926 | for ( i = 0; i < numRows; i++ ) | |
3927 | { | |
3928 | m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos ); | |
3929 | m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos ); | |
3930 | } | |
3931 | ||
3932 | int bottom = 0; | |
3933 | if ( pos > 0 ) bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos-1]; | |
3934 | ||
3935 | for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
3936 | { | |
3937 | bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
3938 | m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; | |
3939 | } | |
3940 | } | |
3941 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
3942 | { | |
3943 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
3944 | // cell will be undefined... | |
3945 | // | |
3946 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
3947 | } | |
3948 | m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows ); | |
3949 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
3950 | if (attrProvider) | |
3951 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); | |
3952 | ||
3953 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
3954 | { | |
3955 | CalcDimensions(); | |
3956 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
3957 | } | |
3958 | } | |
3959 | result = TRUE; | |
3960 | break; | |
3961 | ||
3962 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: | |
3963 | { | |
3964 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
3965 | int oldNumRows = m_numRows; | |
3966 | m_numRows += numRows; | |
3967 | ||
3968 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
3969 | { | |
3970 | for ( i = 0; i < numRows; i++ ) | |
3971 | { | |
3972 | m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight ); | |
3973 | m_rowBottoms.Add( 0 ); | |
3974 | } | |
3975 | ||
3976 | int bottom = 0; | |
3977 | if ( oldNumRows > 0 ) bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows-1]; | |
3978 | ||
3979 | for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
3980 | { | |
3981 | bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
3982 | m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; | |
3983 | } | |
3984 | } | |
3985 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
3986 | { | |
3987 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
3988 | // cell will be undefined... | |
3989 | // | |
3990 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
3991 | } | |
3992 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
3993 | { | |
3994 | CalcDimensions(); | |
3995 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
3996 | } | |
3997 | } | |
3998 | result = TRUE; | |
3999 | break; | |
4000 | ||
4001 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: | |
4002 | { | |
4003 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4004 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
4005 | m_numRows -= numRows; | |
4006 | ||
4007 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
4008 | { | |
4009 | for ( i = 0; i < numRows; i++ ) | |
4010 | { | |
4011 | m_rowHeights.Remove( pos ); | |
4012 | m_rowBottoms.Remove( pos ); | |
4013 | } | |
4014 | ||
4015 | int h = 0; | |
4016 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
4017 | { | |
4018 | h += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
4019 | m_rowBottoms[i] = h; | |
4020 | } | |
4021 | } | |
4022 | if ( !m_numRows ) | |
4023 | { | |
4024 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4025 | } | |
4026 | else | |
4027 | { | |
4028 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows ) | |
4029 | m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); | |
4030 | } | |
4031 | m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); | |
4032 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
4033 | if (attrProvider) { | |
4034 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); | |
4035 | // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans | |
4036 | #if 0 | |
4037 | // No need to touch column attributes, unless we | |
4038 | // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove | |
4039 | // all column attributes. | |
4040 | // I hate to do this here, but the | |
4041 | // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows. | |
4042 | if ( !GetNumberRows() ) | |
4043 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() ); | |
4044 | #endif | |
4045 | } | |
4046 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4047 | { | |
4048 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4049 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4050 | } | |
4051 | } | |
4052 | result = TRUE; | |
4053 | break; | |
4054 | ||
4055 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: | |
4056 | { | |
4057 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4058 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
4059 | m_numCols += numCols; | |
4060 | ||
4061 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
4062 | { | |
4063 | for ( i = 0; i < numCols; i++ ) | |
4064 | { | |
4065 | m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos ); | |
4066 | m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos ); | |
4067 | } | |
4068 | ||
4069 | int right = 0; | |
4070 | if ( pos > 0 ) right = m_colRights[pos-1]; | |
4071 | ||
4072 | for ( i = pos; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
4073 | { | |
4074 | right += m_colWidths[i]; | |
4075 | m_colRights[i] = right; | |
4076 | } | |
4077 | } | |
4078 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4079 | { | |
4080 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
4081 | // cell will be undefined... | |
4082 | // | |
4083 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
4084 | } | |
4085 | m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols ); | |
4086 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
4087 | if (attrProvider) | |
4088 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
4089 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4090 | { | |
4091 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4092 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4093 | } | |
4094 | ||
4095 | } | |
4096 | result = TRUE; | |
4097 | break; | |
4098 | ||
4099 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: | |
4100 | { | |
4101 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4102 | int oldNumCols = m_numCols; | |
4103 | m_numCols += numCols; | |
4104 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
4105 | { | |
4106 | for ( i = 0; i < numCols; i++ ) | |
4107 | { | |
4108 | m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth ); | |
4109 | m_colRights.Add( 0 ); | |
4110 | } | |
4111 | ||
4112 | int right = 0; | |
4113 | if ( oldNumCols > 0 ) right = m_colRights[oldNumCols-1]; | |
4114 | ||
4115 | for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
4116 | { | |
4117 | right += m_colWidths[i]; | |
4118 | m_colRights[i] = right; | |
4119 | } | |
4120 | } | |
4121 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4122 | { | |
4123 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
4124 | // cell will be undefined... | |
4125 | // | |
4126 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
4127 | } | |
4128 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4129 | { | |
4130 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4131 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4132 | } | |
4133 | } | |
4134 | result = TRUE; | |
4135 | break; | |
4136 | ||
4137 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: | |
4138 | { | |
4139 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4140 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
4141 | m_numCols -= numCols; | |
4142 | ||
4143 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
4144 | { | |
4145 | for ( i = 0; i < numCols; i++ ) | |
4146 | { | |
4147 | m_colWidths.Remove( pos ); | |
4148 | m_colRights.Remove( pos ); | |
4149 | } | |
4150 | ||
4151 | int w = 0; | |
4152 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
4153 | { | |
4154 | w += m_colWidths[i]; | |
4155 | m_colRights[i] = w; | |
4156 | } | |
4157 | } | |
4158 | if ( !m_numCols ) | |
4159 | { | |
4160 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4161 | } | |
4162 | else | |
4163 | { | |
4164 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols ) | |
4165 | m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); | |
4166 | } | |
4167 | m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); | |
4168 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
4169 | if (attrProvider) { | |
4170 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); | |
4171 | // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans | |
4172 | #if 0 | |
4173 | // No need to touch row attributes, unless we | |
4174 | // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove | |
4175 | // all row attributes. | |
4176 | // I hate to do this here, but the | |
4177 | // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols. | |
4178 | if ( !GetNumberCols() ) | |
4179 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() ); | |
4180 | #endif | |
4181 | } | |
4182 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4183 | { | |
4184 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4185 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4186 | } | |
4187 | } | |
4188 | result = TRUE; | |
4189 | break; | |
4190 | } | |
4191 | ||
4192 | if (result && !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4193 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
4194 | return result; | |
4195 | } | |
4196 | ||
4197 | ||
4198 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) | |
4199 | { | |
4200 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
4201 | wxRect r; | |
4202 | ||
4203 | wxArrayInt rowlabels; | |
4204 | ||
4205 | int top, bottom; | |
4206 | while ( iter ) | |
4207 | { | |
4208 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
4209 | ||
4210 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
4211 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
4212 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
4213 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
4214 | // | |
4215 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
4216 | int cw, ch; | |
4217 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4218 | if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 ); | |
4219 | r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); | |
4220 | #endif | |
4221 | ||
4222 | // logical bounds of update region | |
4223 | // | |
4224 | int dummy; | |
4225 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top ); | |
4226 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom ); | |
4227 | ||
4228 | // find the row labels within these bounds | |
4229 | // | |
4230 | int row; | |
4231 | for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
4232 | { | |
4233 | if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top ) | |
4234 | continue; | |
4235 | ||
4236 | if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) | |
4237 | break; | |
4238 | ||
4239 | rowlabels.Add( row ); | |
4240 | } | |
4241 | ||
4242 | iter++ ; | |
4243 | } | |
4244 | ||
4245 | return rowlabels; | |
4246 | } | |
4247 | ||
4248 | ||
4249 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) | |
4250 | { | |
4251 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
4252 | wxRect r; | |
4253 | ||
4254 | wxArrayInt colLabels; | |
4255 | ||
4256 | int left, right; | |
4257 | while ( iter ) | |
4258 | { | |
4259 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
4260 | ||
4261 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
4262 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
4263 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
4264 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
4265 | // | |
4266 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
4267 | int cw, ch; | |
4268 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4269 | if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 ); | |
4270 | r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); | |
4271 | #endif | |
4272 | ||
4273 | // logical bounds of update region | |
4274 | // | |
4275 | int dummy; | |
4276 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
4277 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy ); | |
4278 | ||
4279 | // find the cells within these bounds | |
4280 | // | |
4281 | int col; | |
4282 | for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
4283 | { | |
4284 | if ( GetColRight(col) < left ) | |
4285 | continue; | |
4286 | ||
4287 | if ( GetColLeft(col) > right ) | |
4288 | break; | |
4289 | ||
4290 | colLabels.Add( col ); | |
4291 | } | |
4292 | ||
4293 | iter++ ; | |
4294 | } | |
4295 | return colLabels; | |
4296 | } | |
4297 | ||
4298 | ||
4299 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) | |
4300 | { | |
4301 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
4302 | wxRect r; | |
4303 | ||
4304 | wxGridCellCoordsArray cellsExposed; | |
4305 | ||
4306 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
4307 | while ( iter ) | |
4308 | { | |
4309 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
4310 | ||
4311 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
4312 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
4313 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
4314 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
4315 | // | |
4316 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
4317 | int cw, ch; | |
4318 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4319 | if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 ); | |
4320 | if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 ); | |
4321 | r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); | |
4322 | r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); | |
4323 | #endif | |
4324 | ||
4325 | // logical bounds of update region | |
4326 | // | |
4327 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
4328 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
4329 | ||
4330 | // find the cells within these bounds | |
4331 | // | |
4332 | int row, col; | |
4333 | for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
4334 | { | |
4335 | if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top ) | |
4336 | continue; | |
4337 | ||
4338 | if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) | |
4339 | break; | |
4340 | ||
4341 | ||
4342 | for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
4343 | { | |
4344 | if ( GetColRight(col) <= left ) | |
4345 | continue; | |
4346 | ||
4347 | if ( GetColLeft(col) > right ) | |
4348 | break; | |
4349 | ||
4350 | cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) ); | |
4351 | } | |
4352 | } | |
4353 | ||
4354 | iter++; | |
4355 | } | |
4356 | ||
4357 | return cellsExposed; | |
4358 | } | |
4359 | ||
4360 | ||
4361 | void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4362 | { | |
4363 | int x, y, row; | |
4364 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
4365 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
4366 | ||
4367 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
4368 | { | |
4369 | m_isDragging = TRUE; | |
4370 | ||
4371 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) | |
4372 | { | |
4373 | switch( m_cursorMode ) | |
4374 | { | |
4375 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
4376 | { | |
4377 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; | |
4378 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4379 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
4380 | ||
4381 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
4382 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
4383 | y = wxMax( y, | |
4384 | GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
4385 | GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) ); | |
4386 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
4387 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
4388 | { | |
4389 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); | |
4390 | } | |
4391 | dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y ); | |
4392 | m_dragLastPos = y; | |
4393 | } | |
4394 | break; | |
4395 | ||
4396 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW: | |
4397 | if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 ) | |
4398 | { | |
4399 | m_selection->SelectRow( row, | |
4400 | event.ControlDown(), | |
4401 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
4402 | event.AltDown(), | |
4403 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
4404 | } | |
4405 | ||
4406 | // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value | |
4407 | // 'xxx' not handled in switch | |
4408 | default: | |
4409 | break; | |
4410 | } | |
4411 | } | |
4412 | return; | |
4413 | } | |
4414 | ||
4415 | m_isDragging = FALSE; | |
4416 | ||
4417 | ||
4418 | // ------------ Entering or leaving the window | |
4419 | // | |
4420 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
4421 | { | |
4422 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); | |
4423 | } | |
4424 | ||
4425 | ||
4426 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
4427 | // | |
4428 | else if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
4429 | { | |
4430 | // don't send a label click event for a hit on the | |
4431 | // edge of the row label - this is probably the user | |
4432 | // wanting to resize the row | |
4433 | // | |
4434 | if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
4435 | { | |
4436 | row = YToRow(y); | |
4437 | if ( row >= 0 && | |
4438 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
4439 | { | |
4440 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.ControlDown() ) | |
4441 | ClearSelection(); | |
4442 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
4443 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
4444 | 0, | |
4445 | row, | |
4446 | GetNumberCols() - 1, | |
4447 | event.ControlDown(), | |
4448 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
4449 | event.AltDown(), | |
4450 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
4451 | else | |
4452 | m_selection->SelectRow( row, | |
4453 | event.ControlDown(), | |
4454 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
4455 | event.AltDown(), | |
4456 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
4457 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); | |
4458 | } | |
4459 | } | |
4460 | else | |
4461 | { | |
4462 | // starting to drag-resize a row | |
4463 | // | |
4464 | if ( CanDragRowSize() ) | |
4465 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); | |
4466 | } | |
4467 | } | |
4468 | ||
4469 | ||
4470 | // ------------ Left double click | |
4471 | // | |
4472 | else if (event.LeftDClick() ) | |
4473 | { | |
4474 | if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
4475 | { | |
4476 | row = YToRow(y); | |
4477 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ); | |
4478 | } | |
4479 | } | |
4480 | ||
4481 | ||
4482 | // ------------ Left button released | |
4483 | // | |
4484 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
4485 | { | |
4486 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
4487 | { | |
4488 | DoEndDragResizeRow(); | |
4489 | ||
4490 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
4491 | // default processing in this case | |
4492 | // | |
4493 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event ); | |
4494 | } | |
4495 | ||
4496 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); | |
4497 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
4498 | } | |
4499 | ||
4500 | ||
4501 | // ------------ Right button down | |
4502 | // | |
4503 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
4504 | { | |
4505 | row = YToRow(y); | |
4506 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
4507 | { | |
4508 | // no default action at the moment | |
4509 | } | |
4510 | } | |
4511 | ||
4512 | ||
4513 | // ------------ Right double click | |
4514 | // | |
4515 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
4516 | { | |
4517 | row = YToRow(y); | |
4518 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
4519 | { | |
4520 | // no default action at the moment | |
4521 | } | |
4522 | } | |
4523 | ||
4524 | ||
4525 | // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving | |
4526 | // | |
4527 | else if ( event.Moving() ) | |
4528 | { | |
4529 | m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y ); | |
4530 | if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 ) | |
4531 | { | |
4532 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
4533 | { | |
4534 | // don't capture the mouse yet | |
4535 | if ( CanDragRowSize() ) | |
4536 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, FALSE); | |
4537 | } | |
4538 | } | |
4539 | else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
4540 | { | |
4541 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, FALSE); | |
4542 | } | |
4543 | } | |
4544 | } | |
4545 | ||
4546 | ||
4547 | void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4548 | { | |
4549 | int x, y, col; | |
4550 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
4551 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
4552 | ||
4553 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
4554 | { | |
4555 | m_isDragging = TRUE; | |
4556 | ||
4557 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) | |
4558 | { | |
4559 | switch( m_cursorMode ) | |
4560 | { | |
4561 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
4562 | { | |
4563 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; | |
4564 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4565 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); | |
4566 | ||
4567 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
4568 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
4569 | ||
4570 | x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
4571 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol)); | |
4572 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
4573 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
4574 | { | |
4575 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch ); | |
4576 | } | |
4577 | dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top+ch ); | |
4578 | m_dragLastPos = x; | |
4579 | } | |
4580 | break; | |
4581 | ||
4582 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL: | |
4583 | if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 ) | |
4584 | { | |
4585 | m_selection->SelectCol( col, | |
4586 | event.ControlDown(), | |
4587 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
4588 | event.AltDown(), | |
4589 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
4590 | } | |
4591 | ||
4592 | // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value | |
4593 | // 'xxx' not handled in switch | |
4594 | default: | |
4595 | break; | |
4596 | } | |
4597 | } | |
4598 | return; | |
4599 | } | |
4600 | ||
4601 | m_isDragging = FALSE; | |
4602 | ||
4603 | ||
4604 | // ------------ Entering or leaving the window | |
4605 | // | |
4606 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
4607 | { | |
4608 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); | |
4609 | } | |
4610 | ||
4611 | ||
4612 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
4613 | // | |
4614 | else if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
4615 | { | |
4616 | // don't send a label click event for a hit on the | |
4617 | // edge of the col label - this is probably the user | |
4618 | // wanting to resize the col | |
4619 | // | |
4620 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 ) | |
4621 | { | |
4622 | col = XToCol(x); | |
4623 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
4624 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
4625 | { | |
4626 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.ControlDown() ) | |
4627 | ClearSelection(); | |
4628 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
4629 | m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, | |
4630 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), | |
4631 | GetNumberRows() - 1, col, | |
4632 | event.ControlDown(), | |
4633 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
4634 | event.AltDown(), | |
4635 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
4636 | else | |
4637 | m_selection->SelectCol( col, | |
4638 | event.ControlDown(), | |
4639 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
4640 | event.AltDown(), | |
4641 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
4642 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin); | |
4643 | } | |
4644 | } | |
4645 | else | |
4646 | { | |
4647 | // starting to drag-resize a col | |
4648 | // | |
4649 | if ( CanDragColSize() ) | |
4650 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin); | |
4651 | } | |
4652 | } | |
4653 | ||
4654 | ||
4655 | // ------------ Left double click | |
4656 | // | |
4657 | if ( event.LeftDClick() ) | |
4658 | { | |
4659 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 ) | |
4660 | { | |
4661 | col = XToCol(x); | |
4662 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ); | |
4663 | } | |
4664 | } | |
4665 | ||
4666 | ||
4667 | // ------------ Left button released | |
4668 | // | |
4669 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
4670 | { | |
4671 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) | |
4672 | { | |
4673 | DoEndDragResizeCol(); | |
4674 | ||
4675 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
4676 | // default processing in this case | |
4677 | // | |
4678 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event ); | |
4679 | } | |
4680 | ||
4681 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); | |
4682 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
4683 | } | |
4684 | ||
4685 | ||
4686 | // ------------ Right button down | |
4687 | // | |
4688 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
4689 | { | |
4690 | col = XToCol(x); | |
4691 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
4692 | { | |
4693 | // no default action at the moment | |
4694 | } | |
4695 | } | |
4696 | ||
4697 | ||
4698 | // ------------ Right double click | |
4699 | // | |
4700 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
4701 | { | |
4702 | col = XToCol(x); | |
4703 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
4704 | { | |
4705 | // no default action at the moment | |
4706 | } | |
4707 | } | |
4708 | ||
4709 | ||
4710 | // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving | |
4711 | // | |
4712 | else if ( event.Moving() ) | |
4713 | { | |
4714 | m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x ); | |
4715 | if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 ) | |
4716 | { | |
4717 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
4718 | { | |
4719 | // don't capture the cursor yet | |
4720 | if ( CanDragColSize() ) | |
4721 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, FALSE); | |
4722 | } | |
4723 | } | |
4724 | else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
4725 | { | |
4726 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, FALSE); | |
4727 | } | |
4728 | } | |
4729 | } | |
4730 | ||
4731 | ||
4732 | void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4733 | { | |
4734 | if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
4735 | { | |
4736 | // indicate corner label by having both row and | |
4737 | // col args == -1 | |
4738 | // | |
4739 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
4740 | { | |
4741 | SelectAll(); | |
4742 | } | |
4743 | } | |
4744 | ||
4745 | else if ( event.LeftDClick() ) | |
4746 | { | |
4747 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ); | |
4748 | } | |
4749 | ||
4750 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
4751 | { | |
4752 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
4753 | { | |
4754 | // no default action at the moment | |
4755 | } | |
4756 | } | |
4757 | ||
4758 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
4759 | { | |
4760 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
4761 | { | |
4762 | // no default action at the moment | |
4763 | } | |
4764 | } | |
4765 | } | |
4766 | ||
4767 | void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode, | |
4768 | wxWindow *win, | |
4769 | bool captureMouse) | |
4770 | { | |
4771 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ | |
4772 | static const wxChar *cursorModes[] = | |
4773 | { | |
4774 | _T("SELECT_CELL"), | |
4775 | _T("RESIZE_ROW"), | |
4776 | _T("RESIZE_COL"), | |
4777 | _T("SELECT_ROW"), | |
4778 | _T("SELECT_COL") | |
4779 | }; | |
4780 | ||
4781 | wxLogTrace(_T("grid"), | |
4782 | _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"), | |
4783 | win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin") | |
4784 | : win ? _T("rowLabelWin") | |
4785 | : _T("gridWin"), | |
4786 | cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]); | |
4787 | #endif // __WXDEBUG__ | |
4788 | ||
4789 | if ( mode == m_cursorMode && | |
4790 | win == m_winCapture && | |
4791 | captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL)) | |
4792 | return; | |
4793 | ||
4794 | if ( !win ) | |
4795 | { | |
4796 | // by default use the grid itself | |
4797 | win = m_gridWin; | |
4798 | } | |
4799 | ||
4800 | if ( m_winCapture ) | |
4801 | { | |
4802 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); | |
4803 | m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL; | |
4804 | } | |
4805 | ||
4806 | m_cursorMode = mode; | |
4807 | ||
4808 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
4809 | { | |
4810 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
4811 | win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor ); | |
4812 | break; | |
4813 | ||
4814 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
4815 | win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor ); | |
4816 | break; | |
4817 | ||
4818 | default: | |
4819 | win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); | |
4820 | } | |
4821 | ||
4822 | // we need to capture mouse when resizing | |
4823 | bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW || | |
4824 | m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL; | |
4825 | ||
4826 | if ( captureMouse && resize ) | |
4827 | { | |
4828 | win->CaptureMouse(); | |
4829 | m_winCapture = win; | |
4830 | } | |
4831 | } | |
4832 | ||
4833 | void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4834 | { | |
4835 | int x, y; | |
4836 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
4837 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
4838 | ||
4839 | wxGridCellCoords coords; | |
4840 | XYToCell( x, y, coords ); | |
4841 | ||
4842 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
4843 | { | |
4844 | //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol()); | |
4845 | ||
4846 | // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been drug at | |
4847 | // least 3 pixels in any direction... | |
4848 | if (! m_isDragging) | |
4849 | { | |
4850 | if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition) | |
4851 | { | |
4852 | m_startDragPos = pos; | |
4853 | return; | |
4854 | } | |
4855 | if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4) | |
4856 | return; | |
4857 | } | |
4858 | ||
4859 | m_isDragging = TRUE; | |
4860 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
4861 | { | |
4862 | // Hide the edit control, so it | |
4863 | // won't interfer with drag-shrinking. | |
4864 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
4865 | { | |
4866 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
4867 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
4868 | } | |
4869 | ||
4870 | // Have we captured the mouse yet? | |
4871 | if (! m_winCapture) | |
4872 | { | |
4873 | m_winCapture = m_gridWin; | |
4874 | m_winCapture->CaptureMouse(); | |
4875 | } | |
4876 | ||
4877 | if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4878 | { | |
4879 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
4880 | { | |
4881 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords) | |
4882 | m_selectingKeyboard = coords; | |
4883 | HighlightBlock ( m_selectingKeyboard, coords ); | |
4884 | } | |
4885 | else | |
4886 | { | |
4887 | if ( !IsSelection() ) | |
4888 | { | |
4889 | HighlightBlock( coords, coords ); | |
4890 | } | |
4891 | else | |
4892 | { | |
4893 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords ); | |
4894 | } | |
4895 | } | |
4896 | ||
4897 | if (! IsVisible(coords)) | |
4898 | { | |
4899 | MakeCellVisible(coords); | |
4900 | // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here. The | |
4901 | // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK. | |
4902 | } | |
4903 | } | |
4904 | } | |
4905 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
4906 | { | |
4907 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; | |
4908 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4909 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
4910 | ||
4911 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
4912 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
4913 | y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
4914 | GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) ); | |
4915 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
4916 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
4917 | { | |
4918 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); | |
4919 | } | |
4920 | dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y ); | |
4921 | m_dragLastPos = y; | |
4922 | } | |
4923 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) | |
4924 | { | |
4925 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; | |
4926 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4927 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); | |
4928 | ||
4929 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
4930 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
4931 | x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
4932 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ); | |
4933 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
4934 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
4935 | { | |
4936 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch ); | |
4937 | } | |
4938 | dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top+ch ); | |
4939 | m_dragLastPos = x; | |
4940 | } | |
4941 | ||
4942 | return; | |
4943 | } | |
4944 | ||
4945 | m_isDragging = FALSE; | |
4946 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; | |
4947 | ||
4948 | // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL | |
4949 | // immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under | |
4950 | // wxGTK | |
4951 | #if 0 | |
4952 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
4953 | { | |
4954 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
4955 | m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); | |
4956 | } | |
4957 | else | |
4958 | #endif // 0 | |
4959 | ||
4960 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
4961 | // | |
4962 | if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4963 | { | |
4964 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, | |
4965 | coords.GetRow(), | |
4966 | coords.GetCol(), | |
4967 | event ) ) | |
4968 | { | |
4969 | if ( !event.ControlDown() ) | |
4970 | ClearSelection(); | |
4971 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
4972 | { | |
4973 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
4974 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), | |
4975 | coords.GetRow(), | |
4976 | coords.GetCol(), | |
4977 | event.ControlDown(), | |
4978 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
4979 | event.AltDown(), | |
4980 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
4981 | } | |
4982 | else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && | |
4983 | YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
4984 | { | |
4985 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
4986 | MakeCellVisible( coords ); | |
4987 | ||
4988 | // if this is the second click on this cell then start | |
4989 | // the edit control | |
4990 | if ( m_waitForSlowClick && | |
4991 | (coords == m_currentCellCoords) && | |
4992 | CanEnableCellControl()) | |
4993 | { | |
4994 | EnableCellEditControl(); | |
4995 | ||
4996 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
4997 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, | |
4998 | coords.GetRow(), | |
4999 | coords.GetCol()); | |
5000 | editor->StartingClick(); | |
5001 | editor->DecRef(); | |
5002 | attr->DecRef(); | |
5003 | ||
5004 | m_waitForSlowClick = FALSE; | |
5005 | } | |
5006 | else | |
5007 | { | |
5008 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5009 | { | |
5010 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(), | |
5011 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5012 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5013 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5014 | event.AltDown(), | |
5015 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5016 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5017 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5018 | m_selectingKeyboard = coords; | |
5019 | } | |
5020 | else | |
5021 | { | |
5022 | SetCurrentCell( coords ); | |
5023 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() | |
5024 | != wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells) | |
5025 | HighlightBlock( coords, coords ); | |
5026 | } | |
5027 | m_waitForSlowClick = TRUE; | |
5028 | } | |
5029 | } | |
5030 | } | |
5031 | } | |
5032 | ||
5033 | ||
5034 | // ------------ Left double click | |
5035 | // | |
5036 | else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5037 | { | |
5038 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5039 | ||
5040 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
5041 | { | |
5042 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, | |
5043 | coords.GetRow(), | |
5044 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5045 | event ); | |
5046 | } | |
5047 | } | |
5048 | ||
5049 | ||
5050 | // ------------ Left button released | |
5051 | // | |
5052 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
5053 | { | |
5054 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5055 | { | |
5056 | if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
5057 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5058 | { | |
5059 | if (m_winCapture) | |
5060 | { | |
5061 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); | |
5062 | m_winCapture = NULL; | |
5063 | } | |
5064 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(), | |
5065 | m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(), | |
5066 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(), | |
5067 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(), | |
5068 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5069 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5070 | event.AltDown(), | |
5071 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5072 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5073 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5074 | } | |
5075 | ||
5076 | // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for | |
5077 | // drag-shrinking. | |
5078 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
5079 | } | |
5080 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
5081 | { | |
5082 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
5083 | DoEndDragResizeRow(); | |
5084 | ||
5085 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
5086 | // default processing in this case | |
5087 | // | |
5088 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event ); | |
5089 | } | |
5090 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) | |
5091 | { | |
5092 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
5093 | DoEndDragResizeCol(); | |
5094 | ||
5095 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
5096 | // default processing in this case | |
5097 | // | |
5098 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event ); | |
5099 | } | |
5100 | ||
5101 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
5102 | } | |
5103 | ||
5104 | ||
5105 | // ------------ Right button down | |
5106 | // | |
5107 | else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5108 | { | |
5109 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5110 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, | |
5111 | coords.GetRow(), | |
5112 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5113 | event ) ) | |
5114 | { | |
5115 | // no default action at the moment | |
5116 | } | |
5117 | } | |
5118 | ||
5119 | ||
5120 | // ------------ Right double click | |
5121 | // | |
5122 | else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5123 | { | |
5124 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5125 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, | |
5126 | coords.GetRow(), | |
5127 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5128 | event ) ) | |
5129 | { | |
5130 | // no default action at the moment | |
5131 | } | |
5132 | } | |
5133 | ||
5134 | // ------------ Moving and no button action | |
5135 | // | |
5136 | else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() ) | |
5137 | { | |
5138 | int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y ); | |
5139 | int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x ); | |
5140 | ||
5141 | // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both | |
5142 | // directions is not implemented yet... | |
5143 | // | |
5144 | if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 ) | |
5145 | { | |
5146 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
5147 | return; | |
5148 | } | |
5149 | ||
5150 | if ( dragRow >= 0 ) | |
5151 | { | |
5152 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow; | |
5153 | ||
5154 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5155 | { | |
5156 | if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() ) | |
5157 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW); | |
5158 | } | |
5159 | ||
5160 | if ( dragCol >= 0 ) | |
5161 | { | |
5162 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol; | |
5163 | } | |
5164 | ||
5165 | return; | |
5166 | } | |
5167 | ||
5168 | if ( dragCol >= 0 ) | |
5169 | { | |
5170 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol; | |
5171 | ||
5172 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5173 | { | |
5174 | if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() ) | |
5175 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL); | |
5176 | } | |
5177 | ||
5178 | return; | |
5179 | } | |
5180 | ||
5181 | // Neither on a row or col edge | |
5182 | // | |
5183 | if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5184 | { | |
5185 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
5186 | } | |
5187 | } | |
5188 | } | |
5189 | ||
5190 | ||
5191 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow() | |
5192 | { | |
5193 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5194 | { | |
5195 | // erase the last line and resize the row | |
5196 | // | |
5197 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; | |
5198 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5199 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
5200 | ||
5201 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
5202 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
5203 | dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT ); | |
5204 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); | |
5205 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
5206 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
5207 | ||
5208 | int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol); | |
5209 | SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol, | |
5210 | wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT ) ); | |
5211 | ||
5212 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
5213 | { | |
5214 | // Only needed to get the correct rect.y: | |
5215 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) ); | |
5216 | rect.x = 0; | |
5217 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
5218 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
5219 | rect.height = ch - rect.y; | |
5220 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect ); | |
5221 | rect.width = cw; | |
5222 | m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &rect ); | |
5223 | } | |
5224 | ||
5225 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
5226 | } | |
5227 | } | |
5228 | ||
5229 | ||
5230 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol() | |
5231 | { | |
5232 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5233 | { | |
5234 | // erase the last line and resize the col | |
5235 | // | |
5236 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; | |
5237 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5238 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); | |
5239 | ||
5240 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
5241 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
5242 | dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT ); | |
5243 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch ); | |
5244 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
5245 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
5246 | ||
5247 | int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol); | |
5248 | SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol, | |
5249 | wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft, | |
5250 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) ); | |
5251 | ||
5252 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
5253 | { | |
5254 | // Only needed to get the correct rect.x: | |
5255 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) ); | |
5256 | rect.y = 0; | |
5257 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy); | |
5258 | rect.width = cw - rect.x; | |
5259 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
5260 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect ); | |
5261 | rect.height = ch; | |
5262 | m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &rect ); | |
5263 | } | |
5264 | ||
5265 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
5266 | } | |
5267 | } | |
5268 | ||
5269 | ||
5270 | ||
5271 | // | |
5272 | // ------ interaction with data model | |
5273 | // | |
5274 | bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) | |
5275 | { | |
5276 | switch ( msg.GetId() ) | |
5277 | { | |
5278 | case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES: | |
5279 | return GetModelValues(); | |
5280 | ||
5281 | case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES: | |
5282 | return SetModelValues(); | |
5283 | ||
5284 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: | |
5285 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: | |
5286 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: | |
5287 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: | |
5288 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: | |
5289 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: | |
5290 | return Redimension( msg ); | |
5291 | ||
5292 | default: | |
5293 | return FALSE; | |
5294 | } | |
5295 | } | |
5296 | ||
5297 | ||
5298 | ||
5299 | // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class | |
5300 | // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the | |
5301 | // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but | |
5302 | // not to change the number of rows or cols. | |
5303 | // | |
5304 | void wxGrid::ClearGrid() | |
5305 | { | |
5306 | if ( m_table ) | |
5307 | { | |
5308 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
5309 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5310 | ||
5311 | m_table->Clear(); | |
5312 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
5313 | } | |
5314 | } | |
5315 | ||
5316 | ||
5317 | bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
5318 | { | |
5319 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
5320 | ||
5321 | if ( !m_created ) | |
5322 | { | |
5323 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
5324 | return FALSE; | |
5325 | } | |
5326 | ||
5327 | if ( m_table ) | |
5328 | { | |
5329 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
5330 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5331 | ||
5332 | return m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows ); | |
5333 | ||
5334 | // the table will have sent the results of the insert row | |
5335 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
5336 | } | |
5337 | return FALSE; | |
5338 | } | |
5339 | ||
5340 | ||
5341 | bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
5342 | { | |
5343 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
5344 | ||
5345 | if ( !m_created ) | |
5346 | { | |
5347 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
5348 | return FALSE; | |
5349 | } | |
5350 | ||
5351 | return ( m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows ) ); | |
5352 | // the table will have sent the results of the append row | |
5353 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
5354 | } | |
5355 | ||
5356 | ||
5357 | bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
5358 | { | |
5359 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
5360 | ||
5361 | if ( !m_created ) | |
5362 | { | |
5363 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
5364 | return FALSE; | |
5365 | } | |
5366 | ||
5367 | if ( m_table ) | |
5368 | { | |
5369 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
5370 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5371 | ||
5372 | return (m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows )); | |
5373 | // the table will have sent the results of the delete row | |
5374 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
5375 | } | |
5376 | return FALSE; | |
5377 | } | |
5378 | ||
5379 | ||
5380 | bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
5381 | { | |
5382 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
5383 | ||
5384 | if ( !m_created ) | |
5385 | { | |
5386 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
5387 | return FALSE; | |
5388 | } | |
5389 | ||
5390 | if ( m_table ) | |
5391 | { | |
5392 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
5393 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5394 | ||
5395 | return m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols ); | |
5396 | // the table will have sent the results of the insert col | |
5397 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
5398 | } | |
5399 | return FALSE; | |
5400 | } | |
5401 | ||
5402 | ||
5403 | bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
5404 | { | |
5405 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
5406 | ||
5407 | if ( !m_created ) | |
5408 | { | |
5409 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
5410 | return FALSE; | |
5411 | } | |
5412 | ||
5413 | return ( m_table && m_table->AppendCols( numCols ) ); | |
5414 | // the table will have sent the results of the append col | |
5415 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
5416 | } | |
5417 | ||
5418 | ||
5419 | bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
5420 | { | |
5421 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
5422 | ||
5423 | if ( !m_created ) | |
5424 | { | |
5425 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
5426 | return FALSE; | |
5427 | } | |
5428 | ||
5429 | if ( m_table ) | |
5430 | { | |
5431 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
5432 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5433 | ||
5434 | return ( m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols ) ); | |
5435 | // the table will have sent the results of the delete col | |
5436 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
5437 | } | |
5438 | return FALSE; | |
5439 | } | |
5440 | ||
5441 | ||
5442 | ||
5443 | // | |
5444 | // ----- event handlers | |
5445 | // | |
5446 | ||
5447 | // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and | |
5448 | // return the result of ProcessEvent() | |
5449 | // | |
5450 | bool wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type, | |
5451 | int row, int col, | |
5452 | wxMouseEvent& mouseEv ) | |
5453 | { | |
5454 | if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE ) | |
5455 | { | |
5456 | int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row); | |
5457 | ||
5458 | wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
5459 | type, | |
5460 | this, | |
5461 | rowOrCol, | |
5462 | mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(), | |
5463 | mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(), | |
5464 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), | |
5465 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), | |
5466 | mouseEv.AltDown(), | |
5467 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); | |
5468 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
5469 | } | |
5470 | else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT ) | |
5471 | { | |
5472 | // Right now, it should _never_ end up here! | |
5473 | wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
5474 | type, | |
5475 | this, | |
5476 | m_selectingTopLeft, | |
5477 | m_selectingBottomRight, | |
5478 | TRUE, | |
5479 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), | |
5480 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), | |
5481 | mouseEv.AltDown(), | |
5482 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); | |
5483 | ||
5484 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
5485 | } | |
5486 | else | |
5487 | { | |
5488 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
5489 | type, | |
5490 | this, | |
5491 | row, col, | |
5492 | mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(), | |
5493 | mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(), | |
5494 | FALSE, | |
5495 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), | |
5496 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), | |
5497 | mouseEv.AltDown(), | |
5498 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); | |
5499 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
5500 | } | |
5501 | } | |
5502 | ||
5503 | ||
5504 | // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result | |
5505 | // of ProcessEvent(). | |
5506 | // | |
5507 | bool wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type, | |
5508 | int row, int col ) | |
5509 | { | |
5510 | if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE ) | |
5511 | { | |
5512 | int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row); | |
5513 | ||
5514 | wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
5515 | type, | |
5516 | this, | |
5517 | rowOrCol ); | |
5518 | ||
5519 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
5520 | } | |
5521 | else | |
5522 | { | |
5523 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
5524 | type, | |
5525 | this, | |
5526 | row, col ); | |
5527 | ||
5528 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
5529 | } | |
5530 | } | |
5531 | ||
5532 | ||
5533 | void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
5534 | { | |
5535 | wxPaintDC dc(this); // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW | |
5536 | } | |
5537 | ||
5538 | ||
5539 | // This is just here to make sure that CalcDimensions gets called when | |
5540 | // the grid view is resized... then the size event is skipped to allow | |
5541 | // the box sizers to handle everything | |
5542 | // | |
5543 | void wxGrid::OnSize( wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
5544 | { | |
5545 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
5546 | CalcDimensions(); | |
5547 | } | |
5548 | ||
5549 | ||
5550 | void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
5551 | { | |
5552 | if ( m_inOnKeyDown ) | |
5553 | { | |
5554 | // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles... | |
5555 | // | |
5556 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") ); | |
5557 | } | |
5558 | ||
5559 | m_inOnKeyDown = TRUE; | |
5560 | ||
5561 | // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed | |
5562 | // | |
5563 | wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); | |
5564 | wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event ); | |
5565 | keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent ); | |
5566 | ||
5567 | if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) ) | |
5568 | { | |
5569 | ||
5570 | // try local handlers | |
5571 | // | |
5572 | switch ( event.KeyCode() ) | |
5573 | { | |
5574 | case WXK_UP: | |
5575 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5576 | { | |
5577 | MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5578 | } | |
5579 | else | |
5580 | { | |
5581 | MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5582 | } | |
5583 | break; | |
5584 | ||
5585 | case WXK_DOWN: | |
5586 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5587 | { | |
5588 | MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5589 | } | |
5590 | else | |
5591 | { | |
5592 | MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5593 | } | |
5594 | break; | |
5595 | ||
5596 | case WXK_LEFT: | |
5597 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5598 | { | |
5599 | MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5600 | } | |
5601 | else | |
5602 | { | |
5603 | MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5604 | } | |
5605 | break; | |
5606 | ||
5607 | case WXK_RIGHT: | |
5608 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5609 | { | |
5610 | MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5611 | } | |
5612 | else | |
5613 | { | |
5614 | MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5615 | } | |
5616 | break; | |
5617 | ||
5618 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
5619 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: | |
5620 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5621 | { | |
5622 | event.Skip(); // to let the edit control have the return | |
5623 | } | |
5624 | else | |
5625 | { | |
5626 | if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 ) | |
5627 | { | |
5628 | MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5629 | } | |
5630 | else | |
5631 | { | |
5632 | // at the bottom of a column | |
5633 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
5634 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
5635 | } | |
5636 | } | |
5637 | break; | |
5638 | ||
5639 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
5640 | ClearSelection(); | |
5641 | break; | |
5642 | ||
5643 | case WXK_TAB: | |
5644 | if (event.ShiftDown()) | |
5645 | { | |
5646 | if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 ) | |
5647 | { | |
5648 | MoveCursorLeft( FALSE ); | |
5649 | } | |
5650 | else | |
5651 | { | |
5652 | // at left of grid | |
5653 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
5654 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
5655 | } | |
5656 | } | |
5657 | else | |
5658 | { | |
5659 | if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols()-1 ) | |
5660 | { | |
5661 | MoveCursorRight( FALSE ); | |
5662 | } | |
5663 | else | |
5664 | { | |
5665 | // at right of grid | |
5666 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
5667 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
5668 | } | |
5669 | } | |
5670 | break; | |
5671 | ||
5672 | case WXK_HOME: | |
5673 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5674 | { | |
5675 | MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 ); | |
5676 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
5677 | } | |
5678 | else | |
5679 | { | |
5680 | event.Skip(); | |
5681 | } | |
5682 | break; | |
5683 | ||
5684 | case WXK_END: | |
5685 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5686 | { | |
5687 | MakeCellVisible( m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 ); | |
5688 | SetCurrentCell( m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 ); | |
5689 | } | |
5690 | else | |
5691 | { | |
5692 | event.Skip(); | |
5693 | } | |
5694 | break; | |
5695 | ||
5696 | case WXK_PRIOR: | |
5697 | MovePageUp(); | |
5698 | break; | |
5699 | ||
5700 | case WXK_NEXT: | |
5701 | MovePageDown(); | |
5702 | break; | |
5703 | ||
5704 | case WXK_SPACE: | |
5705 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5706 | { | |
5707 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
5708 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), | |
5709 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5710 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5711 | event.AltDown(), | |
5712 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5713 | break; | |
5714 | } | |
5715 | if ( !IsEditable() ) | |
5716 | { | |
5717 | MoveCursorRight( FALSE ); | |
5718 | break; | |
5719 | } | |
5720 | // Otherwise fall through to default | |
5721 | ||
5722 | default: | |
5723 | // is it possible to edit the current cell at all? | |
5724 | if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() ) | |
5725 | { | |
5726 | // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key | |
5727 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
5728 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
5729 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
5730 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
5731 | ||
5732 | // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for | |
5733 | // other keys - ask the editor itself | |
5734 | if ( (event.KeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers()) | |
5735 | || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
5736 | { | |
5737 | EnableCellEditControl(); | |
5738 | editor->StartingKey(event); | |
5739 | } | |
5740 | else | |
5741 | { | |
5742 | event.Skip(); | |
5743 | } | |
5744 | ||
5745 | editor->DecRef(); | |
5746 | attr->DecRef(); | |
5747 | } | |
5748 | else | |
5749 | { | |
5750 | // let others process char events with modifiers or all | |
5751 | // char events for readonly cells | |
5752 | event.Skip(); | |
5753 | } | |
5754 | break; | |
5755 | } | |
5756 | } | |
5757 | ||
5758 | m_inOnKeyDown = FALSE; | |
5759 | } | |
5760 | ||
5761 | void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
5762 | { | |
5763 | // try local handlers | |
5764 | // | |
5765 | if ( event.KeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT ) | |
5766 | { | |
5767 | if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
5768 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5769 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(), | |
5770 | m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(), | |
5771 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(), | |
5772 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(), | |
5773 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5774 | TRUE, | |
5775 | event.AltDown(), | |
5776 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5777 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5778 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5779 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5780 | } | |
5781 | } | |
5782 | ||
5783 | void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&) | |
5784 | { | |
5785 | } | |
5786 | ||
5787 | void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
5788 | { | |
5789 | if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) ) | |
5790 | { | |
5791 | // the event has been intercepted - do nothing | |
5792 | return; | |
5793 | } | |
5794 | ||
5795 | wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); | |
5796 | PrepareDC(dc); | |
5797 | ||
5798 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5799 | { | |
5800 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
5801 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5802 | ||
5803 | if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, FALSE ) ) | |
5804 | { | |
5805 | wxRect r; | |
5806 | r = BlockToDeviceRect(m_currentCellCoords, coords); | |
5807 | if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
5808 | { | |
5809 | r.x--; | |
5810 | r.y--; | |
5811 | r.width++; | |
5812 | r.height++; | |
5813 | } | |
5814 | ||
5815 | wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r ); | |
5816 | ||
5817 | // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight! | |
5818 | m_currentCellCoords = coords; | |
5819 | ||
5820 | DrawGridCellArea(dc,cells); | |
5821 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, r ); | |
5822 | } | |
5823 | } | |
5824 | ||
5825 | m_currentCellCoords = coords; | |
5826 | ||
5827 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(coords); | |
5828 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); | |
5829 | attr->DecRef(); | |
5830 | } | |
5831 | ||
5832 | ||
5833 | void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol ) | |
5834 | { | |
5835 | int temp; | |
5836 | wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight; | |
5837 | ||
5838 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows ) | |
5839 | { | |
5840 | leftCol = 0; | |
5841 | rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1; | |
5842 | } | |
5843 | else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns ) | |
5844 | { | |
5845 | topRow = 0; | |
5846 | bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1; | |
5847 | } | |
5848 | if ( topRow > bottomRow ) | |
5849 | { | |
5850 | temp = topRow; | |
5851 | topRow = bottomRow; | |
5852 | bottomRow = temp; | |
5853 | } | |
5854 | ||
5855 | if ( leftCol > rightCol ) | |
5856 | { | |
5857 | temp = leftCol; | |
5858 | leftCol = rightCol; | |
5859 | rightCol = temp; | |
5860 | } | |
5861 | ||
5862 | updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol ); | |
5863 | updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol ); | |
5864 | ||
5865 | if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft || | |
5866 | m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight ) | |
5867 | { | |
5868 | // Compute two optimal update rectangles: | |
5869 | // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the | |
5870 | // other, or they are (almost) disjoint! | |
5871 | wxRect rect[4]; | |
5872 | bool need_refresh[4]; | |
5873 | need_refresh[0] = | |
5874 | need_refresh[1] = | |
5875 | need_refresh[2] = | |
5876 | need_refresh[3] = FALSE; | |
5877 | int i; | |
5878 | ||
5879 | // Store intermediate values | |
5880 | wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(); | |
5881 | wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(); | |
5882 | wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(); | |
5883 | wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(); | |
5884 | ||
5885 | // Determine the outer/inner coordinates. | |
5886 | if (oldLeft > leftCol) | |
5887 | { | |
5888 | temp = oldLeft; | |
5889 | oldLeft = leftCol; | |
5890 | leftCol = temp; | |
5891 | } | |
5892 | if (oldTop > topRow ) | |
5893 | { | |
5894 | temp = oldTop; | |
5895 | oldTop = topRow; | |
5896 | topRow = temp; | |
5897 | } | |
5898 | if (oldRight < rightCol ) | |
5899 | { | |
5900 | temp = oldRight; | |
5901 | oldRight = rightCol; | |
5902 | rightCol = temp; | |
5903 | } | |
5904 | if (oldBottom < bottomRow) | |
5905 | { | |
5906 | temp = oldBottom; | |
5907 | oldBottom = bottomRow; | |
5908 | bottomRow = temp; | |
5909 | } | |
5910 | ||
5911 | // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer | |
5912 | // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one | |
5913 | // is contained in the other. | |
5914 | ||
5915 | if ( oldLeft < leftCol ) | |
5916 | { | |
5917 | need_refresh[0] = TRUE; | |
5918 | rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop, | |
5919 | oldLeft ), | |
5920 | wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom, | |
5921 | leftCol - 1 ) ); | |
5922 | } | |
5923 | ||
5924 | if ( oldTop < topRow ) | |
5925 | { | |
5926 | need_refresh[1] = TRUE; | |
5927 | rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop, | |
5928 | leftCol ), | |
5929 | wxGridCellCoords ( topRow - 1, | |
5930 | rightCol ) ); | |
5931 | } | |
5932 | ||
5933 | if ( oldRight > rightCol ) | |
5934 | { | |
5935 | need_refresh[2] = TRUE; | |
5936 | rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop, | |
5937 | rightCol + 1 ), | |
5938 | wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom, | |
5939 | oldRight ) ); | |
5940 | } | |
5941 | ||
5942 | if ( oldBottom > bottomRow ) | |
5943 | { | |
5944 | need_refresh[3] = TRUE; | |
5945 | rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow + 1, | |
5946 | leftCol ), | |
5947 | wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom, | |
5948 | rightCol ) ); | |
5949 | } | |
5950 | ||
5951 | ||
5952 | // Change Selection | |
5953 | m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft; | |
5954 | m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight; | |
5955 | ||
5956 | // various Refresh() calls | |
5957 | for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) | |
5958 | if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
5959 | m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &(rect[i]) ); | |
5960 | } | |
5961 | ||
5962 | // never generate an event as it will be generated from | |
5963 | // wxGridSelection::SelectBlock! | |
5964 | // (old comment from when this was the body of SelectBlock) | |
5965 | } | |
5966 | ||
5967 | // | |
5968 | // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions) | |
5969 | // | |
5970 | ||
5971 | bool wxGrid::GetModelValues() | |
5972 | { | |
5973 | if ( m_table ) | |
5974 | { | |
5975 | // all we need to do is repaint the grid | |
5976 | // | |
5977 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
5978 | return TRUE; | |
5979 | } | |
5980 | ||
5981 | return FALSE; | |
5982 | } | |
5983 | ||
5984 | ||
5985 | bool wxGrid::SetModelValues() | |
5986 | { | |
5987 | int row, col; | |
5988 | ||
5989 | if ( m_table ) | |
5990 | { | |
5991 | for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
5992 | { | |
5993 | for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
5994 | { | |
5995 | m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) ); | |
5996 | } | |
5997 | } | |
5998 | ||
5999 | return TRUE; | |
6000 | } | |
6001 | ||
6002 | return FALSE; | |
6003 | } | |
6004 | ||
6005 | ||
6006 | ||
6007 | // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of | |
6008 | // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by | |
6009 | // CalcExposedCells) | |
6010 | // | |
6011 | void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells ) | |
6012 | { | |
6013 | if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols ) return; | |
6014 | ||
6015 | size_t i; | |
6016 | size_t numCells = cells.GetCount(); | |
6017 | ||
6018 | for ( i = 0; i < numCells; i++ ) | |
6019 | { | |
6020 | DrawCell( dc, cells[i] ); | |
6021 | } | |
6022 | } | |
6023 | ||
6024 | ||
6025 | void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc ) | |
6026 | { | |
6027 | int cw, ch; | |
6028 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
6029 | ||
6030 | int right, bottom; | |
6031 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
6032 | ||
6033 | int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) : 0; | |
6034 | int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0 ; | |
6035 | ||
6036 | if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow ) | |
6037 | { | |
6038 | int left, top; | |
6039 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
6040 | ||
6041 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) ); | |
6042 | dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); | |
6043 | ||
6044 | if ( right > rightCol ) | |
6045 | { | |
6046 | dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch); | |
6047 | } | |
6048 | ||
6049 | if ( bottom > bottomRow ) | |
6050 | { | |
6051 | dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow); | |
6052 | } | |
6053 | } | |
6054 | } | |
6055 | ||
6056 | ||
6057 | void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
6058 | { | |
6059 | int row = coords.GetRow(); | |
6060 | int col = coords.GetCol(); | |
6061 | ||
6062 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
6063 | return; | |
6064 | ||
6065 | // we draw the cell border ourselves | |
6066 | #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES | |
6067 | if ( m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
6068 | DrawCellBorder( dc, coords ); | |
6069 | #endif | |
6070 | ||
6071 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
6072 | ||
6073 | bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords; | |
6074 | ||
6075 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col ); | |
6076 | ||
6077 | // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer | |
6078 | // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden! | |
6079 | if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
6080 | { | |
6081 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
6082 | editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr); | |
6083 | editor->DecRef(); | |
6084 | } | |
6085 | else | |
6086 | { | |
6087 | // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be | |
6088 | // customized | |
6089 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
6090 | renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords)); | |
6091 | renderer->DecRef(); | |
6092 | } | |
6093 | ||
6094 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6095 | } | |
6096 | ||
6097 | void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr ) | |
6098 | { | |
6099 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6100 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
6101 | ||
6102 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
6103 | return; | |
6104 | ||
6105 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
6106 | ||
6107 | // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled? | |
6108 | // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but | |
6109 | // it doesn't look really good | |
6110 | ||
6111 | int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth; | |
6112 | ||
6113 | if (penWidth > 0) { | |
6114 | ||
6115 | // The center of th drawn line is where the position/width/height of | |
6116 | // the rectangle is actually at, (on wxMSW atr least,) so we will | |
6117 | // reduce the size of the rectangle to compensate for the thickness of | |
6118 | // the line. If this is too strange on non wxMSW platforms then | |
6119 | // please #ifdef this appropriately. | |
6120 | rect.x += penWidth/2; | |
6121 | rect.y += penWidth/2; | |
6122 | rect.width -= penWidth-1; | |
6123 | rect.height -= penWidth-1; | |
6124 | ||
6125 | ||
6126 | // Now draw the rectangle | |
6127 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxSOLID)); | |
6128 | dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); | |
6129 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
6130 | } | |
6131 | ||
6132 | #if 0 | |
6133 | // VZ: my experiments with 3d borders... | |
6134 | ||
6135 | // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg? | |
6136 | wxCoord x1 = rect.x, | |
6137 | y1 = rect.y, | |
6138 | x2 = rect.x + rect.width -1, | |
6139 | y2 = rect.y + rect.height -1; | |
6140 | ||
6141 | dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN); | |
6142 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1); | |
6143 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2); | |
6144 | ||
6145 | dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1); | |
6146 | dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2 ); | |
6147 | ||
6148 | dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); | |
6149 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2); | |
6150 | dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2+1); | |
6151 | #endif // 0 | |
6152 | } | |
6153 | ||
6154 | ||
6155 | void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
6156 | { | |
6157 | int row = coords.GetRow(); | |
6158 | int col = coords.GetCol(); | |
6159 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
6160 | return; | |
6161 | ||
6162 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) ); | |
6163 | ||
6164 | // right hand border | |
6165 | // | |
6166 | dc.DrawLine( GetColRight(col), GetRowTop(row), | |
6167 | GetColRight(col), GetRowBottom(row) ); | |
6168 | ||
6169 | // bottom border | |
6170 | // | |
6171 | dc.DrawLine( GetColLeft(col), GetRowBottom(row), | |
6172 | GetColRight(col), GetRowBottom(row) ); | |
6173 | } | |
6174 | ||
6175 | void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc,const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells) | |
6176 | { | |
6177 | // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't | |
6178 | // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB | |
6179 | // | |
6180 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
6181 | m_numRows && m_numCols ) | |
6182 | { | |
6183 | m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0); | |
6184 | } | |
6185 | ||
6186 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
6187 | { | |
6188 | // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown | |
6189 | return; | |
6190 | } | |
6191 | ||
6192 | // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it | |
6193 | // might have been damaged by the grid lines | |
6194 | size_t count = cells.GetCount(); | |
6195 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
6196 | { | |
6197 | if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords ) | |
6198 | { | |
6199 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
6200 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); | |
6201 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6202 | ||
6203 | break; | |
6204 | } | |
6205 | } | |
6206 | } | |
6207 | ||
6208 | // TODO: remove this ??? | |
6209 | // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour | |
6210 | // has been changed | |
6211 | // | |
6212 | void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) ) | |
6213 | { | |
6214 | if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || | |
6215 | !m_numRows || | |
6216 | !m_numCols ) return; | |
6217 | ||
6218 | int top, bottom, left, right; | |
6219 | ||
6220 | #if 0 //#ifndef __WXGTK__ | |
6221 | if (reg.IsEmpty()) | |
6222 | { | |
6223 | int cw, ch; | |
6224 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch); | |
6225 | ||
6226 | // virtual coords of visible area | |
6227 | // | |
6228 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
6229 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
6230 | } | |
6231 | else | |
6232 | { | |
6233 | wxCoord x, y, w, h; | |
6234 | reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h); | |
6235 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top ); | |
6236 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom ); | |
6237 | } | |
6238 | #else | |
6239 | int cw, ch; | |
6240 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch); | |
6241 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
6242 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
6243 | #endif | |
6244 | ||
6245 | // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col | |
6246 | // | |
6247 | right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) ); | |
6248 | bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) ); | |
6249 | ||
6250 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) ); | |
6251 | ||
6252 | // horizontal grid lines | |
6253 | // | |
6254 | int i; | |
6255 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
6256 | { | |
6257 | int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1; | |
6258 | ||
6259 | if ( bot > bottom ) | |
6260 | { | |
6261 | break; | |
6262 | } | |
6263 | ||
6264 | if ( bot >= top ) | |
6265 | { | |
6266 | dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot ); | |
6267 | } | |
6268 | } | |
6269 | ||
6270 | ||
6271 | // vertical grid lines | |
6272 | // | |
6273 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
6274 | { | |
6275 | int colRight = GetColRight(i) - 1; | |
6276 | if ( colRight > right ) | |
6277 | { | |
6278 | break; | |
6279 | } | |
6280 | ||
6281 | if ( colRight >= left ) | |
6282 | { | |
6283 | dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom ); | |
6284 | } | |
6285 | } | |
6286 | } | |
6287 | ||
6288 | ||
6289 | void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc ,const wxArrayInt& rows) | |
6290 | { | |
6291 | if ( !m_numRows ) return; | |
6292 | ||
6293 | size_t i; | |
6294 | size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount(); | |
6295 | ||
6296 | for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) | |
6297 | { | |
6298 | DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] ); | |
6299 | } | |
6300 | } | |
6301 | ||
6302 | ||
6303 | void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row ) | |
6304 | { | |
6305 | if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
6306 | return; | |
6307 | ||
6308 | int rowTop = GetRowTop(row), | |
6309 | rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1; | |
6310 | ||
6311 | dc.SetPen( *wxBLACK_PEN ); | |
6312 | dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowTop, | |
6313 | m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowBottom ); | |
6314 | ||
6315 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowBottom ); | |
6316 | ||
6317 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
6318 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom ); | |
6319 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowTop ); | |
6320 | ||
6321 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); | |
6322 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); | |
6323 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
6324 | ||
6325 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
6326 | GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign ); | |
6327 | ||
6328 | wxRect rect; | |
6329 | rect.SetX( 2 ); | |
6330 | rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 ); | |
6331 | rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 ); | |
6332 | rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 ); | |
6333 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign ); | |
6334 | } | |
6335 | ||
6336 | ||
6337 | void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols ) | |
6338 | { | |
6339 | if ( !m_numCols ) return; | |
6340 | ||
6341 | size_t i; | |
6342 | size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount(); | |
6343 | ||
6344 | for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) | |
6345 | { | |
6346 | DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] ); | |
6347 | } | |
6348 | } | |
6349 | ||
6350 | ||
6351 | void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col ) | |
6352 | { | |
6353 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 ) | |
6354 | return; | |
6355 | ||
6356 | int colLeft = GetColLeft(col), | |
6357 | colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1; | |
6358 | ||
6359 | dc.SetPen( *wxBLACK_PEN ); | |
6360 | dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, | |
6361 | colRight, m_colLabelHeight-1 ); | |
6362 | ||
6363 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1, | |
6364 | colRight, m_colLabelHeight-1 ); | |
6365 | ||
6366 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
6367 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 ); | |
6368 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 ); | |
6369 | ||
6370 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); | |
6371 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); | |
6372 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
6373 | ||
6374 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); | |
6375 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); | |
6376 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
6377 | ||
6378 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
6379 | GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign ); | |
6380 | ||
6381 | wxRect rect; | |
6382 | rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 ); | |
6383 | rect.SetY( 2 ); | |
6384 | rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 ); | |
6385 | rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 ); | |
6386 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign ); | |
6387 | } | |
6388 | ||
6389 | void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc, | |
6390 | const wxString& value, | |
6391 | const wxRect& rect, | |
6392 | int horizAlign, | |
6393 | int vertAlign ) | |
6394 | { | |
6395 | wxArrayString lines; | |
6396 | ||
6397 | dc.SetClippingRegion( rect ); | |
6398 | StringToLines( value, lines ); | |
6399 | ||
6400 | ||
6401 | //Forward to new API. | |
6402 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, | |
6403 | lines, | |
6404 | rect, | |
6405 | horizAlign, | |
6406 | vertAlign ); | |
6407 | ||
6408 | } | |
6409 | ||
6410 | void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc, | |
6411 | const wxArrayString& lines, | |
6412 | const wxRect& rect, | |
6413 | int horizAlign, | |
6414 | int vertAlign ) | |
6415 | { | |
6416 | long textWidth, textHeight; | |
6417 | long lineWidth, lineHeight; | |
6418 | ||
6419 | if ( lines.GetCount() ) | |
6420 | { | |
6421 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight ); | |
6422 | dc.GetTextExtent( lines[0], &lineWidth, &lineHeight ); | |
6423 | ||
6424 | float x, y; | |
6425 | switch ( horizAlign ) | |
6426 | { | |
6427 | case wxALIGN_RIGHT: | |
6428 | x = rect.x + (rect.width - textWidth - 1); | |
6429 | break; | |
6430 | ||
6431 | case wxALIGN_CENTRE: | |
6432 | x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth)/2); | |
6433 | break; | |
6434 | ||
6435 | case wxALIGN_LEFT: | |
6436 | default: | |
6437 | x = rect.x + 1; | |
6438 | break; | |
6439 | } | |
6440 | ||
6441 | switch ( vertAlign ) | |
6442 | { | |
6443 | case wxALIGN_BOTTOM: | |
6444 | y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1); | |
6445 | break; | |
6446 | ||
6447 | case wxALIGN_CENTRE: | |
6448 | y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight)/2); | |
6449 | break; | |
6450 | ||
6451 | case wxALIGN_TOP: | |
6452 | default: | |
6453 | y = rect.y + 1; | |
6454 | break; | |
6455 | } | |
6456 | ||
6457 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ ) | |
6458 | { | |
6459 | dc.DrawText( lines[i], (int)x, (int)y ); | |
6460 | y += lineHeight; | |
6461 | } | |
6462 | } | |
6463 | ||
6464 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); | |
6465 | } | |
6466 | ||
6467 | ||
6468 | // Split multi line text up into an array of strings. Any existing | |
6469 | // contents of the string array are preserved. | |
6470 | // | |
6471 | void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) | |
6472 | { | |
6473 | int startPos = 0; | |
6474 | int pos; | |
6475 | wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix ); | |
6476 | wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix ); | |
6477 | ||
6478 | while ( startPos < (int)tVal.Length() ) | |
6479 | { | |
6480 | pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol ); | |
6481 | if ( pos < 0 ) | |
6482 | { | |
6483 | break; | |
6484 | } | |
6485 | else if ( pos == 0 ) | |
6486 | { | |
6487 | lines.Add( wxEmptyString ); | |
6488 | } | |
6489 | else | |
6490 | { | |
6491 | lines.Add( value.Mid(startPos, pos) ); | |
6492 | } | |
6493 | startPos += pos+1; | |
6494 | } | |
6495 | if ( startPos < (int)value.Length() ) | |
6496 | { | |
6497 | lines.Add( value.Mid( startPos ) ); | |
6498 | } | |
6499 | } | |
6500 | ||
6501 | ||
6502 | void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( wxDC& dc, | |
6503 | const wxArrayString& lines, | |
6504 | long *width, long *height ) | |
6505 | { | |
6506 | long w = 0; | |
6507 | long h = 0; | |
6508 | long lineW, lineH; | |
6509 | ||
6510 | size_t i; | |
6511 | for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ ) | |
6512 | { | |
6513 | dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH ); | |
6514 | w = wxMax( w, lineW ); | |
6515 | h += lineH; | |
6516 | } | |
6517 | ||
6518 | *width = w; | |
6519 | *height = h; | |
6520 | } | |
6521 | ||
6522 | // | |
6523 | // ------ Batch processing. | |
6524 | // | |
6525 | void wxGrid::EndBatch() | |
6526 | { | |
6527 | if ( m_batchCount > 0 ) | |
6528 | { | |
6529 | m_batchCount--; | |
6530 | if ( !m_batchCount ) | |
6531 | { | |
6532 | CalcDimensions(); | |
6533 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6534 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6535 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6536 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
6537 | } | |
6538 | } | |
6539 | } | |
6540 | ||
6541 | // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate | |
6542 | // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a | |
6543 | // BeginBatch / EndBatch block. | |
6544 | // | |
6545 | void wxGrid::ForceRefresh() | |
6546 | { | |
6547 | BeginBatch(); | |
6548 | EndBatch(); | |
6549 | } | |
6550 | ||
6551 | ||
6552 | // | |
6553 | // ------ Edit control functions | |
6554 | // | |
6555 | ||
6556 | ||
6557 | void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit ) | |
6558 | { | |
6559 | // TODO: improve this ? | |
6560 | // | |
6561 | if ( edit != m_editable ) | |
6562 | { | |
6563 | if(!edit) EnableCellEditControl(edit); | |
6564 | m_editable = edit; | |
6565 | } | |
6566 | } | |
6567 | ||
6568 | ||
6569 | void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable ) | |
6570 | { | |
6571 | if (! m_editable) | |
6572 | return; | |
6573 | ||
6574 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6575 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
6576 | ||
6577 | if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
6578 | { | |
6579 | // TODO allow the app to Veto() this event? | |
6580 | SendEvent(enable ? wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN : wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN); | |
6581 | ||
6582 | if ( enable ) | |
6583 | { | |
6584 | // this should be checked by the caller! | |
6585 | wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), | |
6586 | _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") ); | |
6587 | ||
6588 | // do it before ShowCellEditControl() | |
6589 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; | |
6590 | ||
6591 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
6592 | } | |
6593 | else | |
6594 | { | |
6595 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
6596 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
6597 | ||
6598 | // do it after HideCellEditControl() | |
6599 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; | |
6600 | } | |
6601 | } | |
6602 | } | |
6603 | ||
6604 | bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const | |
6605 | { | |
6606 | // const_cast | |
6607 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
6608 | bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly(); | |
6609 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6610 | ||
6611 | return readonly; | |
6612 | } | |
6613 | ||
6614 | bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const | |
6615 | { | |
6616 | return m_editable && !IsCurrentCellReadOnly(); | |
6617 | } | |
6618 | ||
6619 | bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const | |
6620 | { | |
6621 | // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the | |
6622 | // current one if it's read only | |
6623 | return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : FALSE; | |
6624 | } | |
6625 | ||
6626 | bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const | |
6627 | { | |
6628 | bool isShown = FALSE; | |
6629 | ||
6630 | if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
6631 | { | |
6632 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6633 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
6634 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
6635 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col); | |
6636 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6637 | ||
6638 | if ( editor ) | |
6639 | { | |
6640 | if ( editor->IsCreated() ) | |
6641 | { | |
6642 | isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown(); | |
6643 | } | |
6644 | ||
6645 | editor->DecRef(); | |
6646 | } | |
6647 | } | |
6648 | ||
6649 | return isShown; | |
6650 | } | |
6651 | ||
6652 | void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl() | |
6653 | { | |
6654 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
6655 | { | |
6656 | if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords ) ) | |
6657 | { | |
6658 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = FALSE; | |
6659 | return; | |
6660 | } | |
6661 | else | |
6662 | { | |
6663 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords ); | |
6664 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6665 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
6666 | ||
6667 | // convert to scrolled coords | |
6668 | // | |
6669 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
6670 | ||
6671 | // done in PaintBackground() | |
6672 | #if 0 | |
6673 | // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor | |
6674 | // might not cover the entire cell | |
6675 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
6676 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
6677 | dc.SetBrush(*wxLIGHT_GREY_BRUSH); //wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID)); | |
6678 | dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); | |
6679 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
6680 | #endif // 0 | |
6681 | ||
6682 | // cell is shifted by one pixel | |
6683 | rect.x--; | |
6684 | rect.y--; | |
6685 | ||
6686 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
6687 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
6688 | if ( !editor->IsCreated() ) | |
6689 | { | |
6690 | editor->Create(m_gridWin, -1, | |
6691 | new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor)); | |
6692 | ||
6693 | wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(), | |
6694 | wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED, | |
6695 | this, | |
6696 | row, | |
6697 | col, | |
6698 | editor->GetControl()); | |
6699 | GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt); | |
6700 | } | |
6701 | ||
6702 | editor->Show( TRUE, attr ); | |
6703 | ||
6704 | editor->SetSize( rect ); | |
6705 | ||
6706 | editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this); | |
6707 | ||
6708 | editor->DecRef(); | |
6709 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6710 | } | |
6711 | } | |
6712 | } | |
6713 | ||
6714 | ||
6715 | void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl() | |
6716 | { | |
6717 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
6718 | { | |
6719 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6720 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
6721 | ||
6722 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
6723 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
6724 | editor->Show( FALSE ); | |
6725 | editor->DecRef(); | |
6726 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6727 | m_gridWin->SetFocus(); | |
6728 | wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
6729 | m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &rect ); | |
6730 | } | |
6731 | } | |
6732 | ||
6733 | ||
6734 | void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue() | |
6735 | { | |
6736 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
6737 | { | |
6738 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6739 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
6740 | ||
6741 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
6742 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
6743 | bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this); | |
6744 | ||
6745 | editor->DecRef(); | |
6746 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6747 | ||
6748 | if (changed) | |
6749 | { | |
6750 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE, | |
6751 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
6752 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
6753 | } | |
6754 | } | |
6755 | } | |
6756 | ||
6757 | ||
6758 | // | |
6759 | // ------ Grid location functions | |
6760 | // Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of | |
6761 | // grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device | |
6762 | // coordinates for mouse events etc. | |
6763 | // | |
6764 | ||
6765 | void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
6766 | { | |
6767 | int row = YToRow(y); | |
6768 | int col = XToCol(x); | |
6769 | ||
6770 | if ( row == -1 || col == -1 ) | |
6771 | { | |
6772 | coords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6773 | } | |
6774 | else | |
6775 | { | |
6776 | coords.Set( row, col ); | |
6777 | } | |
6778 | } | |
6779 | ||
6780 | ||
6781 | int wxGrid::YToRow( int y ) | |
6782 | { | |
6783 | int i; | |
6784 | ||
6785 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
6786 | { | |
6787 | if ( y < GetRowBottom(i) ) | |
6788 | return i; | |
6789 | } | |
6790 | ||
6791 | return -1; | |
6792 | } | |
6793 | ||
6794 | ||
6795 | int wxGrid::XToCol( int x ) | |
6796 | { | |
6797 | int i; | |
6798 | ||
6799 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
6800 | { | |
6801 | if ( x < GetColRight(i) ) | |
6802 | return i; | |
6803 | } | |
6804 | ||
6805 | return -1; | |
6806 | } | |
6807 | ||
6808 | ||
6809 | // return the row number that that the y coord is near the edge of, or | |
6810 | // -1 if not near an edge | |
6811 | // | |
6812 | int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y ) | |
6813 | { | |
6814 | int i, d; | |
6815 | ||
6816 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
6817 | { | |
6818 | if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
6819 | { | |
6820 | d = abs( y - GetRowBottom(i) ); | |
6821 | if ( d < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
6822 | return i; | |
6823 | } | |
6824 | } | |
6825 | ||
6826 | return -1; | |
6827 | } | |
6828 | ||
6829 | ||
6830 | // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or | |
6831 | // -1 if not near an edge | |
6832 | // | |
6833 | int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x ) | |
6834 | { | |
6835 | int i, d; | |
6836 | ||
6837 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
6838 | { | |
6839 | if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
6840 | { | |
6841 | d = abs( x - GetColRight(i) ); | |
6842 | if ( d < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
6843 | return i; | |
6844 | } | |
6845 | } | |
6846 | ||
6847 | return -1; | |
6848 | } | |
6849 | ||
6850 | ||
6851 | wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) | |
6852 | { | |
6853 | wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); | |
6854 | ||
6855 | if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && | |
6856 | col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) | |
6857 | { | |
6858 | rect.x = GetColLeft(col); | |
6859 | rect.y = GetRowTop(row); | |
6860 | rect.width = GetColWidth(col); | |
6861 | rect.height = GetRowHeight(row); | |
6862 | } | |
6863 | ||
6864 | // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller | |
6865 | if (m_gridLinesEnabled) { | |
6866 | rect.width -= 1; | |
6867 | rect.height -= 1; | |
6868 | } | |
6869 | return rect; | |
6870 | } | |
6871 | ||
6872 | ||
6873 | bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) | |
6874 | { | |
6875 | // get the cell rectangle in logical coords | |
6876 | // | |
6877 | wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
6878 | ||
6879 | // convert to device coords | |
6880 | // | |
6881 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
6882 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
6883 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
6884 | ||
6885 | // check against the client area of the grid window | |
6886 | // | |
6887 | int cw, ch; | |
6888 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
6889 | ||
6890 | if ( wholeCellVisible ) | |
6891 | { | |
6892 | // is the cell wholly visible ? | |
6893 | // | |
6894 | return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw && | |
6895 | top >= 0 && bottom <= ch ); | |
6896 | } | |
6897 | else | |
6898 | { | |
6899 | // is the cell partly visible ? | |
6900 | // | |
6901 | return ( ((left >=0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) && | |
6902 | ((top >=0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) ); | |
6903 | } | |
6904 | } | |
6905 | ||
6906 | ||
6907 | // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount | |
6908 | // of scrolling | |
6909 | // | |
6910 | void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col ) | |
6911 | { | |
6912 | int i; | |
6913 | int xpos = -1, ypos = -1; | |
6914 | ||
6915 | if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && | |
6916 | col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) | |
6917 | { | |
6918 | // get the cell rectangle in logical coords | |
6919 | // | |
6920 | wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
6921 | ||
6922 | // convert to device coords | |
6923 | // | |
6924 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
6925 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
6926 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
6927 | ||
6928 | int cw, ch; | |
6929 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
6930 | ||
6931 | if ( top < 0 ) | |
6932 | { | |
6933 | ypos = r.GetTop(); | |
6934 | } | |
6935 | else if ( bottom > ch ) | |
6936 | { | |
6937 | int h = r.GetHeight(); | |
6938 | ypos = r.GetTop(); | |
6939 | for ( i = row-1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
6940 | { | |
6941 | int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i); | |
6942 | if ( h + rowHeight > ch ) | |
6943 | break; | |
6944 | ||
6945 | h += rowHeight; | |
6946 | ypos -= rowHeight; | |
6947 | } | |
6948 | ||
6949 | // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't | |
6950 | // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do, we | |
6951 | // might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn) | |
6952 | ypos += GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2; | |
6953 | } | |
6954 | ||
6955 | if ( left < 0 ) | |
6956 | { | |
6957 | xpos = r.GetLeft(); | |
6958 | } | |
6959 | else if ( right > cw ) | |
6960 | { | |
6961 | int w = r.GetWidth(); | |
6962 | xpos = r.GetLeft(); | |
6963 | for ( i = col-1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
6964 | { | |
6965 | int colWidth = GetColWidth(i); | |
6966 | if ( w + colWidth > cw ) | |
6967 | break; | |
6968 | ||
6969 | w += colWidth; | |
6970 | xpos -= colWidth; | |
6971 | } | |
6972 | ||
6973 | // see comment for ypos above | |
6974 | xpos += GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2; | |
6975 | } | |
6976 | ||
6977 | if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 ) | |
6978 | { | |
6979 | if ( xpos != -1 ) xpos /= GRID_SCROLL_LINE; | |
6980 | if ( ypos != -1 ) ypos /= GRID_SCROLL_LINE; | |
6981 | Scroll( xpos, ypos ); | |
6982 | AdjustScrollbars(); | |
6983 | } | |
6984 | } | |
6985 | } | |
6986 | ||
6987 | ||
6988 | // | |
6989 | // ------ Grid cursor movement functions | |
6990 | // | |
6991 | ||
6992 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection ) | |
6993 | { | |
6994 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
6995 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 ) | |
6996 | { | |
6997 | if ( expandSelection) | |
6998 | { | |
6999 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
7000 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
7001 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 ) | |
7002 | { | |
7003 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 ); | |
7004 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
7005 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
7006 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
7007 | } | |
7008 | } | |
7009 | else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 ) | |
7010 | { | |
7011 | ClearSelection(); | |
7012 | MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1, | |
7013 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
7014 | SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1, | |
7015 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
7016 | } | |
7017 | else | |
7018 | return FALSE; | |
7019 | return TRUE; | |
7020 | } | |
7021 | ||
7022 | return FALSE; | |
7023 | } | |
7024 | ||
7025 | ||
7026 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection ) | |
7027 | { | |
7028 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7029 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows ) | |
7030 | { | |
7031 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
7032 | { | |
7033 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
7034 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
7035 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows-1 ) | |
7036 | { | |
7037 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 ); | |
7038 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
7039 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
7040 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
7041 | } | |
7042 | } | |
7043 | else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 ) | |
7044 | { | |
7045 | ClearSelection(); | |
7046 | MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1, | |
7047 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
7048 | SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1, | |
7049 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
7050 | } | |
7051 | else | |
7052 | return FALSE; | |
7053 | return TRUE; | |
7054 | } | |
7055 | ||
7056 | return FALSE; | |
7057 | } | |
7058 | ||
7059 | ||
7060 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection ) | |
7061 | { | |
7062 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7063 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 ) | |
7064 | { | |
7065 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
7066 | { | |
7067 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
7068 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
7069 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 ) | |
7070 | { | |
7071 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 ); | |
7072 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
7073 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
7074 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
7075 | } | |
7076 | } | |
7077 | else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 ) | |
7078 | { | |
7079 | ClearSelection(); | |
7080 | MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
7081 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() - 1 ); | |
7082 | SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
7083 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() - 1 ); | |
7084 | } | |
7085 | else | |
7086 | return FALSE; | |
7087 | return TRUE; | |
7088 | } | |
7089 | ||
7090 | return FALSE; | |
7091 | } | |
7092 | ||
7093 | ||
7094 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection ) | |
7095 | { | |
7096 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7097 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols ) | |
7098 | { | |
7099 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
7100 | { | |
7101 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
7102 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
7103 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
7104 | { | |
7105 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 ); | |
7106 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
7107 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
7108 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
7109 | } | |
7110 | } | |
7111 | else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
7112 | { | |
7113 | ClearSelection(); | |
7114 | MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
7115 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() + 1 ); | |
7116 | SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
7117 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() + 1 ); | |
7118 | } | |
7119 | else | |
7120 | return FALSE; | |
7121 | return TRUE; | |
7122 | } | |
7123 | ||
7124 | return FALSE; | |
7125 | } | |
7126 | ||
7127 | ||
7128 | bool wxGrid::MovePageUp() | |
7129 | { | |
7130 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) return FALSE; | |
7131 | ||
7132 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7133 | if ( row > 0 ) | |
7134 | { | |
7135 | int cw, ch; | |
7136 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
7137 | ||
7138 | int y = GetRowTop(row); | |
7139 | int newRow = YToRow( y - ch + 1 ); | |
7140 | if ( newRow == -1 ) | |
7141 | { | |
7142 | newRow = 0; | |
7143 | } | |
7144 | else if ( newRow == row ) | |
7145 | { | |
7146 | newRow = row - 1; | |
7147 | } | |
7148 | ||
7149 | MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
7150 | SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
7151 | ||
7152 | return TRUE; | |
7153 | } | |
7154 | ||
7155 | return FALSE; | |
7156 | } | |
7157 | ||
7158 | bool wxGrid::MovePageDown() | |
7159 | { | |
7160 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) return FALSE; | |
7161 | ||
7162 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7163 | if ( row < m_numRows ) | |
7164 | { | |
7165 | int cw, ch; | |
7166 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
7167 | ||
7168 | int y = GetRowTop(row); | |
7169 | int newRow = YToRow( y + ch ); | |
7170 | if ( newRow == -1 ) | |
7171 | { | |
7172 | newRow = m_numRows - 1; | |
7173 | } | |
7174 | else if ( newRow == row ) | |
7175 | { | |
7176 | newRow = row + 1; | |
7177 | } | |
7178 | ||
7179 | MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
7180 | SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
7181 | ||
7182 | return TRUE; | |
7183 | } | |
7184 | ||
7185 | return FALSE; | |
7186 | } | |
7187 | ||
7188 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
7189 | { | |
7190 | if ( m_table && | |
7191 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7192 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 ) | |
7193 | { | |
7194 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7195 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7196 | ||
7197 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
7198 | { | |
7199 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
7200 | // non-empty cells | |
7201 | // | |
7202 | while ( row > 0 ) | |
7203 | { | |
7204 | row-- ; | |
7205 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
7206 | } | |
7207 | } | |
7208 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row-1, col) ) | |
7209 | { | |
7210 | // starting at the top of a block: find the next block | |
7211 | // | |
7212 | row--; | |
7213 | while ( row > 0 ) | |
7214 | { | |
7215 | row-- ; | |
7216 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
7217 | } | |
7218 | } | |
7219 | else | |
7220 | { | |
7221 | // starting within a block: find the top of the block | |
7222 | // | |
7223 | while ( row > 0 ) | |
7224 | { | |
7225 | row-- ; | |
7226 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
7227 | { | |
7228 | row++ ; | |
7229 | break; | |
7230 | } | |
7231 | } | |
7232 | } | |
7233 | ||
7234 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
7235 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
7236 | { | |
7237 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
7238 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
7239 | } | |
7240 | else | |
7241 | { | |
7242 | ClearSelection(); | |
7243 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
7244 | } | |
7245 | return TRUE; | |
7246 | } | |
7247 | ||
7248 | return FALSE; | |
7249 | } | |
7250 | ||
7251 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
7252 | { | |
7253 | if ( m_table && | |
7254 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7255 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows-1 ) | |
7256 | { | |
7257 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7258 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7259 | ||
7260 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
7261 | { | |
7262 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
7263 | // non-empty cells | |
7264 | // | |
7265 | while ( row < m_numRows-1 ) | |
7266 | { | |
7267 | row++ ; | |
7268 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
7269 | } | |
7270 | } | |
7271 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row+1, col) ) | |
7272 | { | |
7273 | // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block | |
7274 | // | |
7275 | row++; | |
7276 | while ( row < m_numRows-1 ) | |
7277 | { | |
7278 | row++ ; | |
7279 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
7280 | } | |
7281 | } | |
7282 | else | |
7283 | { | |
7284 | // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block | |
7285 | // | |
7286 | while ( row < m_numRows-1 ) | |
7287 | { | |
7288 | row++ ; | |
7289 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
7290 | { | |
7291 | row-- ; | |
7292 | break; | |
7293 | } | |
7294 | } | |
7295 | } | |
7296 | ||
7297 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
7298 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
7299 | { | |
7300 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
7301 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
7302 | } | |
7303 | else | |
7304 | { | |
7305 | ClearSelection(); | |
7306 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
7307 | } | |
7308 | ||
7309 | return TRUE; | |
7310 | } | |
7311 | ||
7312 | return FALSE; | |
7313 | } | |
7314 | ||
7315 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
7316 | { | |
7317 | if ( m_table && | |
7318 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7319 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 ) | |
7320 | { | |
7321 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7322 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7323 | ||
7324 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
7325 | { | |
7326 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
7327 | // non-empty cells | |
7328 | // | |
7329 | while ( col > 0 ) | |
7330 | { | |
7331 | col-- ; | |
7332 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
7333 | } | |
7334 | } | |
7335 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col-1) ) | |
7336 | { | |
7337 | // starting at the left of a block: find the next block | |
7338 | // | |
7339 | col--; | |
7340 | while ( col > 0 ) | |
7341 | { | |
7342 | col-- ; | |
7343 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
7344 | } | |
7345 | } | |
7346 | else | |
7347 | { | |
7348 | // starting within a block: find the left of the block | |
7349 | // | |
7350 | while ( col > 0 ) | |
7351 | { | |
7352 | col-- ; | |
7353 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
7354 | { | |
7355 | col++ ; | |
7356 | break; | |
7357 | } | |
7358 | } | |
7359 | } | |
7360 | ||
7361 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
7362 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
7363 | { | |
7364 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
7365 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
7366 | } | |
7367 | else | |
7368 | { | |
7369 | ClearSelection(); | |
7370 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
7371 | } | |
7372 | ||
7373 | return TRUE; | |
7374 | } | |
7375 | ||
7376 | return FALSE; | |
7377 | } | |
7378 | ||
7379 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
7380 | { | |
7381 | if ( m_table && | |
7382 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7383 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols-1 ) | |
7384 | { | |
7385 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7386 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7387 | ||
7388 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
7389 | { | |
7390 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
7391 | // non-empty cells | |
7392 | // | |
7393 | while ( col < m_numCols-1 ) | |
7394 | { | |
7395 | col++ ; | |
7396 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
7397 | } | |
7398 | } | |
7399 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col+1) ) | |
7400 | { | |
7401 | // starting at the right of a block: find the next block | |
7402 | // | |
7403 | col++; | |
7404 | while ( col < m_numCols-1 ) | |
7405 | { | |
7406 | col++ ; | |
7407 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
7408 | } | |
7409 | } | |
7410 | else | |
7411 | { | |
7412 | // starting within a block: find the right of the block | |
7413 | // | |
7414 | while ( col < m_numCols-1 ) | |
7415 | { | |
7416 | col++ ; | |
7417 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
7418 | { | |
7419 | col-- ; | |
7420 | break; | |
7421 | } | |
7422 | } | |
7423 | } | |
7424 | ||
7425 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
7426 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
7427 | { | |
7428 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
7429 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
7430 | } | |
7431 | else | |
7432 | { | |
7433 | ClearSelection(); | |
7434 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
7435 | } | |
7436 | ||
7437 | return TRUE; | |
7438 | } | |
7439 | ||
7440 | return FALSE; | |
7441 | } | |
7442 | ||
7443 | ||
7444 | ||
7445 | // | |
7446 | // ------ Label values and formatting | |
7447 | // | |
7448 | ||
7449 | void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) | |
7450 | { | |
7451 | *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign; | |
7452 | *vert = m_rowLabelVertAlign; | |
7453 | } | |
7454 | ||
7455 | void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) | |
7456 | { | |
7457 | *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign; | |
7458 | *vert = m_colLabelVertAlign; | |
7459 | } | |
7460 | ||
7461 | wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
7462 | { | |
7463 | if ( m_table ) | |
7464 | { | |
7465 | return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row ); | |
7466 | } | |
7467 | else | |
7468 | { | |
7469 | wxString s; | |
7470 | s << row; | |
7471 | return s; | |
7472 | } | |
7473 | } | |
7474 | ||
7475 | wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
7476 | { | |
7477 | if ( m_table ) | |
7478 | { | |
7479 | return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col ); | |
7480 | } | |
7481 | else | |
7482 | { | |
7483 | wxString s; | |
7484 | s << col; | |
7485 | return s; | |
7486 | } | |
7487 | } | |
7488 | ||
7489 | ||
7490 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width ) | |
7491 | { | |
7492 | width = wxMax( width, 0 ); | |
7493 | if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth ) | |
7494 | { | |
7495 | if ( width == 0 ) | |
7496 | { | |
7497 | m_rowLabelWin->Show( FALSE ); | |
7498 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( FALSE ); | |
7499 | } | |
7500 | else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 ) | |
7501 | { | |
7502 | m_rowLabelWin->Show( TRUE ); | |
7503 | if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 ) m_cornerLabelWin->Show( TRUE ); | |
7504 | } | |
7505 | ||
7506 | m_rowLabelWidth = width; | |
7507 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
7508 | Refresh( TRUE ); | |
7509 | } | |
7510 | } | |
7511 | ||
7512 | ||
7513 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height ) | |
7514 | { | |
7515 | height = wxMax( height, 0 ); | |
7516 | if ( height != m_colLabelHeight ) | |
7517 | { | |
7518 | if ( height == 0 ) | |
7519 | { | |
7520 | m_colLabelWin->Show( FALSE ); | |
7521 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( FALSE ); | |
7522 | } | |
7523 | else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 ) | |
7524 | { | |
7525 | m_colLabelWin->Show( TRUE ); | |
7526 | if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 ) m_cornerLabelWin->Show( TRUE ); | |
7527 | } | |
7528 | ||
7529 | m_colLabelHeight = height; | |
7530 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
7531 | Refresh( TRUE ); | |
7532 | } | |
7533 | } | |
7534 | ||
7535 | ||
7536 | void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
7537 | { | |
7538 | if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour ) | |
7539 | { | |
7540 | m_labelBackgroundColour = colour; | |
7541 | m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
7542 | m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
7543 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
7544 | ||
7545 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7546 | { | |
7547 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7548 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7549 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7550 | } | |
7551 | } | |
7552 | } | |
7553 | ||
7554 | void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
7555 | { | |
7556 | if ( m_labelTextColour != colour ) | |
7557 | { | |
7558 | m_labelTextColour = colour; | |
7559 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7560 | { | |
7561 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7562 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7563 | } | |
7564 | } | |
7565 | } | |
7566 | ||
7567 | void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font ) | |
7568 | { | |
7569 | m_labelFont = font; | |
7570 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7571 | { | |
7572 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7573 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7574 | } | |
7575 | } | |
7576 | ||
7577 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
7578 | { | |
7579 | // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used | |
7580 | switch ( horiz ) | |
7581 | { | |
7582 | case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break; | |
7583 | case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break; | |
7584 | case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
7585 | } | |
7586 | ||
7587 | switch ( vert ) | |
7588 | { | |
7589 | case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break; | |
7590 | case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break; | |
7591 | case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
7592 | } | |
7593 | ||
7594 | if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT ) | |
7595 | { | |
7596 | m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz; | |
7597 | } | |
7598 | ||
7599 | if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) | |
7600 | { | |
7601 | m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert; | |
7602 | } | |
7603 | ||
7604 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7605 | { | |
7606 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7607 | } | |
7608 | } | |
7609 | ||
7610 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
7611 | { | |
7612 | // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used | |
7613 | switch ( horiz ) | |
7614 | { | |
7615 | case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break; | |
7616 | case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break; | |
7617 | case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
7618 | } | |
7619 | ||
7620 | switch ( vert ) | |
7621 | { | |
7622 | case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break; | |
7623 | case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break; | |
7624 | case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
7625 | } | |
7626 | ||
7627 | if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT ) | |
7628 | { | |
7629 | m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz; | |
7630 | } | |
7631 | ||
7632 | if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) | |
7633 | { | |
7634 | m_colLabelVertAlign = vert; | |
7635 | } | |
7636 | ||
7637 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7638 | { | |
7639 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7640 | } | |
7641 | } | |
7642 | ||
7643 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s ) | |
7644 | { | |
7645 | if ( m_table ) | |
7646 | { | |
7647 | m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s ); | |
7648 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7649 | { | |
7650 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0); | |
7651 | if ( rect.height > 0 ) | |
7652 | { | |
7653 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y); | |
7654 | rect.x = 0; | |
7655 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
7656 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect ); | |
7657 | } | |
7658 | } | |
7659 | } | |
7660 | } | |
7661 | ||
7662 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s ) | |
7663 | { | |
7664 | if ( m_table ) | |
7665 | { | |
7666 | m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s ); | |
7667 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7668 | { | |
7669 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col ); | |
7670 | if ( rect.width > 0 ) | |
7671 | { | |
7672 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y); | |
7673 | rect.y = 0; | |
7674 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
7675 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect ); | |
7676 | } | |
7677 | } | |
7678 | } | |
7679 | } | |
7680 | ||
7681 | void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
7682 | { | |
7683 | if ( m_gridLineColour != colour ) | |
7684 | { | |
7685 | m_gridLineColour = colour; | |
7686 | ||
7687 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
7688 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
7689 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() ); | |
7690 | } | |
7691 | } | |
7692 | ||
7693 | ||
7694 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
7695 | { | |
7696 | if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour ) | |
7697 | { | |
7698 | m_cellHighlightColour = colour; | |
7699 | ||
7700 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
7701 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
7702 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
7703 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); | |
7704 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7705 | } | |
7706 | } | |
7707 | ||
7708 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width) | |
7709 | { | |
7710 | if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width) { | |
7711 | m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width; | |
7712 | ||
7713 | // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't | |
7714 | // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller. | |
7715 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7716 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7717 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
7718 | return; | |
7719 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
7720 | m_gridWin->Refresh(TRUE, &rect); | |
7721 | } | |
7722 | } | |
7723 | ||
7724 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width) | |
7725 | { | |
7726 | if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width) { | |
7727 | m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width; | |
7728 | ||
7729 | // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't | |
7730 | // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller. | |
7731 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7732 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7733 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
7734 | return; | |
7735 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
7736 | m_gridWin->Refresh(TRUE, &rect); | |
7737 | } | |
7738 | } | |
7739 | ||
7740 | void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable ) | |
7741 | { | |
7742 | if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
7743 | { | |
7744 | m_gridLinesEnabled = enable; | |
7745 | ||
7746 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7747 | { | |
7748 | if ( enable ) | |
7749 | { | |
7750 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
7751 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
7752 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() ); | |
7753 | } | |
7754 | else | |
7755 | { | |
7756 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
7757 | } | |
7758 | } | |
7759 | } | |
7760 | } | |
7761 | ||
7762 | ||
7763 | int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() | |
7764 | { | |
7765 | return m_defaultRowHeight; | |
7766 | } | |
7767 | ||
7768 | int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) | |
7769 | { | |
7770 | wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") ); | |
7771 | ||
7772 | return GetRowHeight(row); | |
7773 | } | |
7774 | ||
7775 | int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() | |
7776 | { | |
7777 | return m_defaultColWidth; | |
7778 | } | |
7779 | ||
7780 | int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) | |
7781 | { | |
7782 | wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") ); | |
7783 | ||
7784 | return GetColWidth(col); | |
7785 | } | |
7786 | ||
7787 | // ============================================================================ | |
7788 | // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid | |
7789 | // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis | |
7790 | // ============================================================================ | |
7791 | ||
7792 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7793 | // setting default attributes | |
7794 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7795 | ||
7796 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col ) | |
7797 | { | |
7798 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col); | |
7799 | #ifdef __WXGTK__ | |
7800 | m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col); | |
7801 | #endif | |
7802 | } | |
7803 | ||
7804 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col ) | |
7805 | { | |
7806 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col); | |
7807 | } | |
7808 | ||
7809 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
7810 | { | |
7811 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
7812 | } | |
7813 | ||
7814 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font ) | |
7815 | { | |
7816 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font); | |
7817 | } | |
7818 | ||
7819 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) | |
7820 | { | |
7821 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(renderer); | |
7822 | } | |
7823 | ||
7824 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor) | |
7825 | { | |
7826 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(editor); | |
7827 | } | |
7828 | ||
7829 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7830 | // access to the default attrbiutes | |
7831 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7832 | ||
7833 | wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() | |
7834 | { | |
7835 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
7836 | } | |
7837 | ||
7838 | wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() | |
7839 | { | |
7840 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour(); | |
7841 | } | |
7842 | ||
7843 | wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() | |
7844 | { | |
7845 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont(); | |
7846 | } | |
7847 | ||
7848 | void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) | |
7849 | { | |
7850 | m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
7851 | } | |
7852 | ||
7853 | wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const | |
7854 | { | |
7855 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0); | |
7856 | } | |
7857 | ||
7858 | wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const | |
7859 | { | |
7860 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL,0,0); | |
7861 | } | |
7862 | ||
7863 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7864 | // access to cell attributes | |
7865 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7866 | ||
7867 | wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) | |
7868 | { | |
7869 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7870 | wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
7871 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7872 | return colour; | |
7873 | } | |
7874 | ||
7875 | wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) | |
7876 | { | |
7877 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7878 | wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour(); | |
7879 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7880 | return colour; | |
7881 | } | |
7882 | ||
7883 | wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) | |
7884 | { | |
7885 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7886 | wxFont font = attr->GetFont(); | |
7887 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7888 | return font; | |
7889 | } | |
7890 | ||
7891 | void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) | |
7892 | { | |
7893 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7894 | attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
7895 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7896 | } | |
7897 | ||
7898 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) | |
7899 | { | |
7900 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7901 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
7902 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7903 | ||
7904 | return renderer; | |
7905 | } | |
7906 | ||
7907 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) | |
7908 | { | |
7909 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7910 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
7911 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7912 | ||
7913 | return editor; | |
7914 | } | |
7915 | ||
7916 | bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const | |
7917 | { | |
7918 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7919 | bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly(); | |
7920 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7921 | return isReadOnly; | |
7922 | } | |
7923 | ||
7924 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7925 | // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ... | |
7926 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7927 | ||
7928 | bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() | |
7929 | { | |
7930 | if ( !m_table ) | |
7931 | { | |
7932 | return FALSE; | |
7933 | } | |
7934 | ||
7935 | return m_table->CanHaveAttributes(); | |
7936 | } | |
7937 | ||
7938 | void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache() | |
7939 | { | |
7940 | if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 ) | |
7941 | { | |
7942 | wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr); | |
7943 | m_attrCache.attr = NULL; | |
7944 | m_attrCache.row = -1; | |
7945 | } | |
7946 | } | |
7947 | ||
7948 | void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const | |
7949 | { | |
7950 | wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this; // const_cast | |
7951 | ||
7952 | self->ClearAttrCache(); | |
7953 | self->m_attrCache.row = row; | |
7954 | self->m_attrCache.col = col; | |
7955 | self->m_attrCache.attr = attr; | |
7956 | wxSafeIncRef(attr); | |
7957 | } | |
7958 | ||
7959 | bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const | |
7960 | { | |
7961 | if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col ) | |
7962 | { | |
7963 | *attr = m_attrCache.attr; | |
7964 | wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr); | |
7965 | ||
7966 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
7967 | gs_nAttrCacheHits++; | |
7968 | #endif | |
7969 | ||
7970 | return TRUE; | |
7971 | } | |
7972 | else | |
7973 | { | |
7974 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
7975 | gs_nAttrCacheMisses++; | |
7976 | #endif | |
7977 | return FALSE; | |
7978 | } | |
7979 | } | |
7980 | ||
7981 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const | |
7982 | { | |
7983 | wxGridCellAttr *attr; | |
7984 | if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) ) | |
7985 | { | |
7986 | attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col , wxGridCellAttr::Any) : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
7987 | CacheAttr(row, col, attr); | |
7988 | } | |
7989 | if (attr) | |
7990 | { | |
7991 | attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
7992 | } | |
7993 | else | |
7994 | { | |
7995 | attr = m_defaultCellAttr; | |
7996 | attr->IncRef(); | |
7997 | } | |
7998 | ||
7999 | return attr; | |
8000 | } | |
8001 | ||
8002 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const | |
8003 | { | |
8004 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
8005 | wxASSERT_MSG( m_table, | |
8006 | _T("we may only be called if CanHaveAttributes() returned TRUE and then m_table should be !NULL") ); | |
8007 | ||
8008 | attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell ); | |
8009 | if ( !attr ) | |
8010 | { | |
8011 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
8012 | ||
8013 | // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller | |
8014 | attr->IncRef(); | |
8015 | m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
8016 | } | |
8017 | attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
8018 | return attr; | |
8019 | } | |
8020 | ||
8021 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8022 | // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr) | |
8023 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8024 | ||
8025 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col) | |
8026 | { | |
8027 | SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL); | |
8028 | } | |
8029 | ||
8030 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col) | |
8031 | { | |
8032 | SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER); | |
8033 | } | |
8034 | ||
8035 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision) | |
8036 | { | |
8037 | wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT; | |
8038 | if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) ) | |
8039 | { | |
8040 | typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision; | |
8041 | } | |
8042 | ||
8043 | SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName); | |
8044 | } | |
8045 | ||
8046 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName) | |
8047 | { | |
8048 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
8049 | ||
8050 | attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col ); | |
8051 | if(!attr) | |
8052 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
8053 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); | |
8054 | attr->SetRenderer(renderer); | |
8055 | ||
8056 | SetColAttr(col, attr); | |
8057 | ||
8058 | } | |
8059 | ||
8060 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8061 | // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table | |
8062 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8063 | ||
8064 | void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
8065 | { | |
8066 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
8067 | { | |
8068 | m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row); | |
8069 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
8070 | } | |
8071 | else | |
8072 | { | |
8073 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
8074 | } | |
8075 | } | |
8076 | ||
8077 | void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
8078 | { | |
8079 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
8080 | { | |
8081 | m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col); | |
8082 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
8083 | } | |
8084 | else | |
8085 | { | |
8086 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
8087 | } | |
8088 | } | |
8089 | ||
8090 | void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) | |
8091 | { | |
8092 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
8093 | { | |
8094 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
8095 | attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour); | |
8096 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8097 | } | |
8098 | } | |
8099 | ||
8100 | void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) | |
8101 | { | |
8102 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
8103 | { | |
8104 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
8105 | attr->SetTextColour(colour); | |
8106 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8107 | } | |
8108 | } | |
8109 | ||
8110 | void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font ) | |
8111 | { | |
8112 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
8113 | { | |
8114 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
8115 | attr->SetFont(font); | |
8116 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8117 | } | |
8118 | } | |
8119 | ||
8120 | void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert ) | |
8121 | { | |
8122 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
8123 | { | |
8124 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
8125 | attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
8126 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8127 | } | |
8128 | } | |
8129 | ||
8130 | void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) | |
8131 | { | |
8132 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
8133 | { | |
8134 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
8135 | attr->SetRenderer(renderer); | |
8136 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8137 | } | |
8138 | } | |
8139 | ||
8140 | void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
8141 | { | |
8142 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
8143 | { | |
8144 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
8145 | attr->SetEditor(editor); | |
8146 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8147 | } | |
8148 | } | |
8149 | ||
8150 | void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly) | |
8151 | { | |
8152 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
8153 | { | |
8154 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
8155 | attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly); | |
8156 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8157 | } | |
8158 | } | |
8159 | ||
8160 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8161 | // Data type registration | |
8162 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8163 | ||
8164 | void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
8165 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
8166 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
8167 | { | |
8168 | m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
8169 | } | |
8170 | ||
8171 | ||
8172 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const | |
8173 | { | |
8174 | wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); | |
8175 | return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName); | |
8176 | } | |
8177 | ||
8178 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const | |
8179 | { | |
8180 | wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); | |
8181 | return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); | |
8182 | } | |
8183 | ||
8184 | wxGridCellEditor* | |
8185 | wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const | |
8186 | { | |
8187 | int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); | |
8188 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
8189 | { | |
8190 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Unknown data type name")); | |
8191 | ||
8192 | return NULL; | |
8193 | } | |
8194 | ||
8195 | return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index); | |
8196 | } | |
8197 | ||
8198 | wxGridCellRenderer* | |
8199 | wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const | |
8200 | { | |
8201 | int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); | |
8202 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
8203 | { | |
8204 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Unknown data type name")); | |
8205 | ||
8206 | return NULL; | |
8207 | } | |
8208 | ||
8209 | return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index); | |
8210 | } | |
8211 | ||
8212 | ||
8213 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8214 | // row/col size | |
8215 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8216 | ||
8217 | void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable ) | |
8218 | { | |
8219 | m_canDragRowSize = enable; | |
8220 | } | |
8221 | ||
8222 | ||
8223 | void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable ) | |
8224 | { | |
8225 | m_canDragColSize = enable; | |
8226 | } | |
8227 | ||
8228 | void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable ) | |
8229 | { | |
8230 | m_canDragGridSize = enable; | |
8231 | } | |
8232 | ||
8233 | ||
8234 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows ) | |
8235 | { | |
8236 | m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT ); | |
8237 | ||
8238 | if ( resizeExistingRows ) | |
8239 | { | |
8240 | InitRowHeights(); | |
8241 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8242 | CalcDimensions(); | |
8243 | } | |
8244 | } | |
8245 | ||
8246 | void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height ) | |
8247 | { | |
8248 | wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") ); | |
8249 | ||
8250 | if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
8251 | { | |
8252 | // need to really create the array | |
8253 | InitRowHeights(); | |
8254 | } | |
8255 | ||
8256 | int h = wxMax( 0, height ); | |
8257 | int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row]; | |
8258 | ||
8259 | m_rowHeights[row] = h; | |
8260 | int i; | |
8261 | for ( i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
8262 | { | |
8263 | m_rowBottoms[i] += diff; | |
8264 | } | |
8265 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8266 | CalcDimensions(); | |
8267 | } | |
8268 | ||
8269 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols ) | |
8270 | { | |
8271 | m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( width, WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH ); | |
8272 | ||
8273 | if ( resizeExistingCols ) | |
8274 | { | |
8275 | InitColWidths(); | |
8276 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8277 | CalcDimensions(); | |
8278 | } | |
8279 | } | |
8280 | ||
8281 | void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width ) | |
8282 | { | |
8283 | wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") ); | |
8284 | ||
8285 | // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here? | |
8286 | ||
8287 | if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
8288 | { | |
8289 | // need to really create the array | |
8290 | InitColWidths(); | |
8291 | } | |
8292 | ||
8293 | int w = wxMax( 0, width ); | |
8294 | int diff = w - m_colWidths[col]; | |
8295 | m_colWidths[col] = w; | |
8296 | ||
8297 | int i; | |
8298 | for ( i = col; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
8299 | { | |
8300 | m_colRights[i] += diff; | |
8301 | } | |
8302 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8303 | CalcDimensions(); | |
8304 | } | |
8305 | ||
8306 | ||
8307 | void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width ) | |
8308 | { | |
8309 | m_colMinWidths.Put(col, width); | |
8310 | } | |
8311 | ||
8312 | void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width ) | |
8313 | { | |
8314 | m_rowMinHeights.Put(row, width); | |
8315 | } | |
8316 | ||
8317 | int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const | |
8318 | { | |
8319 | long value = m_colMinWidths.Get(col); | |
8320 | return value != wxNOT_FOUND ? (int)value : WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH; | |
8321 | } | |
8322 | ||
8323 | int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const | |
8324 | { | |
8325 | long value = m_rowMinHeights.Get(row); | |
8326 | return value != wxNOT_FOUND ? (int)value : WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT; | |
8327 | } | |
8328 | ||
8329 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8330 | // auto sizing | |
8331 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8332 | ||
8333 | void wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow( int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, bool column ) | |
8334 | { | |
8335 | wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); | |
8336 | ||
8337 | // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if weo nly need one | |
8338 | int row = -1, | |
8339 | col = -1; | |
8340 | if ( column ) | |
8341 | col = colOrRow; | |
8342 | else | |
8343 | row = colOrRow; | |
8344 | ||
8345 | wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0; | |
8346 | int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols; | |
8347 | for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ ) | |
8348 | { | |
8349 | if ( column ) | |
8350 | row = rowOrCol; | |
8351 | else | |
8352 | col = rowOrCol; | |
8353 | ||
8354 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8355 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
8356 | if ( renderer ) | |
8357 | { | |
8358 | wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col); | |
8359 | extent = column ? size.x : size.y; | |
8360 | if ( extent > extentMax ) | |
8361 | { | |
8362 | extentMax = extent; | |
8363 | } | |
8364 | ||
8365 | renderer->DecRef(); | |
8366 | } | |
8367 | ||
8368 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8369 | } | |
8370 | ||
8371 | // now also compare with the column label extent | |
8372 | wxCoord w, h; | |
8373 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
8374 | ||
8375 | if ( column ) | |
8376 | dc.GetTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h ); | |
8377 | else | |
8378 | dc.GetTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h ); | |
8379 | ||
8380 | extent = column ? w : h; | |
8381 | if ( extent > extentMax ) | |
8382 | { | |
8383 | extentMax = extent; | |
8384 | } | |
8385 | ||
8386 | if ( !extentMax ) | |
8387 | { | |
8388 | // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less | |
8389 | // than default extent but != 0, it's ok) | |
8390 | extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight; | |
8391 | } | |
8392 | else | |
8393 | { | |
8394 | if ( column ) | |
8395 | { | |
8396 | // leave some space around text | |
8397 | extentMax += 10; | |
8398 | } | |
8399 | else | |
8400 | { | |
8401 | extentMax += 6; | |
8402 | } | |
8403 | } | |
8404 | ||
8405 | if ( column ){ | |
8406 | SetColSize(col, extentMax); | |
8407 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8408 | { | |
8409 | int cw, ch, dummy; | |
8410 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
8411 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) ); | |
8412 | rect.y = 0; | |
8413 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy); | |
8414 | rect.width = cw - rect.x; | |
8415 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
8416 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect ); | |
8417 | } | |
8418 | } | |
8419 | else{ | |
8420 | SetRowSize(row, extentMax); | |
8421 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8422 | { | |
8423 | int cw, ch, dummy; | |
8424 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
8425 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( row, 0 ) ); | |
8426 | rect.x = 0; | |
8427 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
8428 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
8429 | rect.height = ch - rect.y; | |
8430 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect ); | |
8431 | } | |
8432 | } | |
8433 | if ( setAsMin ) | |
8434 | { | |
8435 | if ( column ) | |
8436 | SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax); | |
8437 | else | |
8438 | SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax); | |
8439 | } | |
8440 | } | |
8441 | ||
8442 | int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) | |
8443 | { | |
8444 | int width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
8445 | ||
8446 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
8447 | BeginBatch(); | |
8448 | for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
8449 | { | |
8450 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
8451 | { | |
8452 | AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin); | |
8453 | } | |
8454 | ||
8455 | width += GetColWidth(col); | |
8456 | } | |
8457 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
8458 | EndBatch(); | |
8459 | return width; | |
8460 | } | |
8461 | ||
8462 | int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) | |
8463 | { | |
8464 | int height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
8465 | ||
8466 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
8467 | BeginBatch(); | |
8468 | for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
8469 | { | |
8470 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
8471 | { | |
8472 | AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin); | |
8473 | } | |
8474 | ||
8475 | height += GetRowHeight(row); | |
8476 | } | |
8477 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
8478 | EndBatch(); | |
8479 | return height; | |
8480 | } | |
8481 | ||
8482 | void wxGrid::AutoSize() | |
8483 | { | |
8484 | // set the size too | |
8485 | SetClientSize(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(FALSE), SetOrCalcRowSizes(FALSE)); | |
8486 | } | |
8487 | ||
8488 | wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const | |
8489 | { | |
8490 | // don't set sizes, only calculate them | |
8491 | wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this; // const_cast | |
8492 | ||
8493 | return wxSize(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(TRUE), | |
8494 | self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(TRUE)); | |
8495 | } | |
8496 | ||
8497 | void wxGrid::Fit() | |
8498 | { | |
8499 | AutoSize(); | |
8500 | } | |
8501 | ||
8502 | ||
8503 | wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const | |
8504 | { | |
8505 | return wxNullPen; | |
8506 | } | |
8507 | ||
8508 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8509 | // cell value accessor functions | |
8510 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8511 | ||
8512 | void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s ) | |
8513 | { | |
8514 | if ( m_table ) | |
8515 | { | |
8516 | m_table->SetValue( row, col, s ); | |
8517 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8518 | { | |
8519 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
8520 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
8521 | DrawCell( dc, wxGridCellCoords(row, col) ); | |
8522 | } | |
8523 | ||
8524 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row && | |
8525 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col && | |
8526 | IsCellEditControlShown()) | |
8527 | // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled, | |
8528 | // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from | |
8529 | // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler. | |
8530 | { | |
8531 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
8532 | ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table | |
8533 | } | |
8534 | } | |
8535 | } | |
8536 | ||
8537 | ||
8538 | // | |
8539 | // ------ Block, row and col selection | |
8540 | // | |
8541 | ||
8542 | void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected ) | |
8543 | { | |
8544 | if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected ) | |
8545 | ClearSelection(); | |
8546 | ||
8547 | m_selection->SelectRow( row, FALSE, addToSelected ); | |
8548 | } | |
8549 | ||
8550 | ||
8551 | void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected ) | |
8552 | { | |
8553 | if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected ) | |
8554 | ClearSelection(); | |
8555 | ||
8556 | m_selection->SelectCol( col, FALSE, addToSelected ); | |
8557 | } | |
8558 | ||
8559 | ||
8560 | void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol, | |
8561 | bool addToSelected ) | |
8562 | { | |
8563 | if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected ) | |
8564 | ClearSelection(); | |
8565 | ||
8566 | m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol, | |
8567 | FALSE, addToSelected ); | |
8568 | } | |
8569 | ||
8570 | ||
8571 | void wxGrid::SelectAll() | |
8572 | { | |
8573 | if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 ) | |
8574 | m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 ); | |
8575 | } | |
8576 | ||
8577 | // | |
8578 | // ------ Cell, row and col deselection | |
8579 | // | |
8580 | ||
8581 | void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row ) | |
8582 | { | |
8583 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows ) | |
8584 | { | |
8585 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) ) | |
8586 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( row, 0); | |
8587 | } | |
8588 | else | |
8589 | { | |
8590 | int nCols = GetNumberCols(); | |
8591 | for ( int i = 0; i < nCols ; i++ ) | |
8592 | { | |
8593 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) ) | |
8594 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( row, i); | |
8595 | } | |
8596 | } | |
8597 | } | |
8598 | ||
8599 | void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col ) | |
8600 | { | |
8601 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns ) | |
8602 | { | |
8603 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) ) | |
8604 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( 0, col); | |
8605 | } | |
8606 | else | |
8607 | { | |
8608 | int nRows = GetNumberRows(); | |
8609 | for ( int i = 0; i < nRows ; i++ ) | |
8610 | { | |
8611 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) ) | |
8612 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col); | |
8613 | } | |
8614 | } | |
8615 | } | |
8616 | ||
8617 | void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col ) | |
8618 | { | |
8619 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) ) | |
8620 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col); | |
8621 | } | |
8622 | ||
8623 | bool wxGrid::IsSelection() | |
8624 | { | |
8625 | return ( m_selection->IsSelection() || | |
8626 | ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8627 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) ); | |
8628 | } | |
8629 | ||
8630 | bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) | |
8631 | { | |
8632 | return ( m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) || | |
8633 | ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() && | |
8634 | col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() && | |
8635 | row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() && | |
8636 | col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() ) ); | |
8637 | } | |
8638 | ||
8639 | void wxGrid::ClearSelection() | |
8640 | { | |
8641 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
8642 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
8643 | m_selection->ClearSelection(); | |
8644 | } | |
8645 | ||
8646 | ||
8647 | // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block | |
8648 | // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window. | |
8649 | // | |
8650 | wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords &topLeft, | |
8651 | const wxGridCellCoords &bottomRight ) | |
8652 | { | |
8653 | wxRect rect( wxGridNoCellRect ); | |
8654 | wxRect cellRect; | |
8655 | ||
8656 | cellRect = CellToRect( topLeft ); | |
8657 | if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
8658 | { | |
8659 | rect = cellRect; | |
8660 | } | |
8661 | else | |
8662 | { | |
8663 | rect = wxRect( 0, 0, 0, 0 ); | |
8664 | } | |
8665 | ||
8666 | cellRect = CellToRect( bottomRight ); | |
8667 | if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
8668 | { | |
8669 | rect += cellRect; | |
8670 | } | |
8671 | else | |
8672 | { | |
8673 | return wxGridNoCellRect; | |
8674 | } | |
8675 | ||
8676 | // convert to scrolled coords | |
8677 | // | |
8678 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
8679 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
8680 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.GetRight(), rect.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
8681 | ||
8682 | int cw, ch; | |
8683 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
8684 | ||
8685 | if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch) | |
8686 | return wxRect( 0, 0, 0, 0); | |
8687 | ||
8688 | rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) ); | |
8689 | rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) ); | |
8690 | rect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) ); | |
8691 | rect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) ); | |
8692 | ||
8693 | return rect; | |
8694 | } | |
8695 | ||
8696 | ||
8697 | ||
8698 | // | |
8699 | // ------ Grid event classes | |
8700 | // | |
8701 | ||
8702 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
8703 | ||
8704 | wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
8705 | int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel, | |
8706 | bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
8707 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) | |
8708 | { | |
8709 | m_row = row; | |
8710 | m_col = col; | |
8711 | m_x = x; | |
8712 | m_y = y; | |
8713 | m_selecting = sel; | |
8714 | m_control = control; | |
8715 | m_shift = shift; | |
8716 | m_alt = alt; | |
8717 | m_meta = meta; | |
8718 | ||
8719 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
8720 | } | |
8721 | ||
8722 | ||
8723 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
8724 | ||
8725 | wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
8726 | int rowOrCol, int x, int y, | |
8727 | bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
8728 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) | |
8729 | { | |
8730 | m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol; | |
8731 | m_x = x; | |
8732 | m_y = y; | |
8733 | m_control = control; | |
8734 | m_shift = shift; | |
8735 | m_alt = alt; | |
8736 | m_meta = meta; | |
8737 | ||
8738 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
8739 | } | |
8740 | ||
8741 | ||
8742 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
8743 | ||
8744 | wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
8745 | const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, | |
8746 | const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight, | |
8747 | bool sel, bool control, | |
8748 | bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
8749 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) | |
8750 | { | |
8751 | m_topLeft = topLeft; | |
8752 | m_bottomRight = bottomRight; | |
8753 | m_selecting = sel; | |
8754 | m_control = control; | |
8755 | m_shift = shift; | |
8756 | m_alt = alt; | |
8757 | m_meta = meta; | |
8758 | ||
8759 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
8760 | } | |
8761 | ||
8762 | ||
8763 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent) | |
8764 | ||
8765 | wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type, | |
8766 | wxObject* obj, int row, | |
8767 | int col, wxControl* ctrl) | |
8768 | : wxCommandEvent(type, id) | |
8769 | { | |
8770 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
8771 | m_row = row; | |
8772 | m_col = col; | |
8773 | m_ctrl = ctrl; | |
8774 | } | |
8775 | ||
8776 | ||
8777 | #endif // ifndef wxUSE_NEW_GRID |